[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2013151136A1 - Infrared-shielding film and infrared-shielding element - Google Patents

Infrared-shielding film and infrared-shielding element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013151136A1
WO2013151136A1 PCT/JP2013/060340 JP2013060340W WO2013151136A1 WO 2013151136 A1 WO2013151136 A1 WO 2013151136A1 JP 2013060340 W JP2013060340 W JP 2013060340W WO 2013151136 A1 WO2013151136 A1 WO 2013151136A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
film
infrared shielding
particles
shielding film
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2013/060340
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
三好 正紀
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Konica Minolta Inc
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Inc
Priority to CN201380018223.4A priority Critical patent/CN104245303A/en
Publication of WO2013151136A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013151136A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/14Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin next to a particulate layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2260/00Layered product comprising an impregnated, embedded, or bonded layer wherein the layer comprises an impregnation, embedding, or binder material
    • B32B2260/02Composition of the impregnated, bonded or embedded layer
    • B32B2260/025Particulate layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2260/00Layered product comprising an impregnated, embedded, or bonded layer wherein the layer comprises an impregnation, embedding, or binder material
    • B32B2260/04Impregnation, embedding, or binder material
    • B32B2260/046Synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2264/00Composition or properties of particles which form a particulate layer or are present as additives
    • B32B2264/10Inorganic particles
    • B32B2264/105Metal
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/30Properties of the layers or laminate having particular thermal properties
    • B32B2307/304Insulating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2405/00Adhesive articles, e.g. adhesive tapes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2419/00Buildings or parts thereof
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2605/00Vehicles
    • B32B2605/006Transparent parts other than made from inorganic glass, e.g. polycarbonate glazings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an infrared shielding film and an infrared shielding body.
  • window films have been used that are bonded to the windows of buildings and automobiles.
  • One of them is a film that has the function of suppressing the intrusion of infrared rays and preventing the temperature inside the building from rising excessively, reducing the use of cooling and achieving energy saving.
  • an infrared absorption type film in which an infrared absorption layer containing an infrared absorber is applied to the film
  • an infrared reflection type film in which an infrared reflection layer is applied to the film.
  • Type film is on the market.
  • An example of such a film is one in which metal films are formed on both sides of the film by sputtering or vapor deposition.
  • Such a film does not allow infrared rays to enter the room during the summer, and reflects the infrared rays emitted from the room to the room indoors during the winter, thereby exhibiting a heat shielding function and also has an efficient heat insulation function. Energy saving can be realized both in summer and winter.
  • Infrared absorption type film converts light energy into heat energy, so the temperature of the attached glass is likely to rise, and the risk of thermal cracking increases, but the infrared reflection type film has a lower risk and a wider application range.
  • the infrared reflection type film has a technique of laminating dielectric layer films, and a film in which layers having different refractive indexes are alternately laminated by a coating method in which a coating solution is coated on a substrate and laminated (for example, JP-A-8-110401).
  • JP, 2007-33296, A a film in which a laminated thin film containing metallic silver having a three-layer structure of tungsten oxide / silver / tungsten oxide having a specific thickness is laminated on the surface of a polyester film (for example, US Pat. No. 4 , 368,945)).
  • the infrared reflection type films described in the above-mentioned JP-A-8-110401, JP-A-2007-33296 and US Pat. No. 4,368,945 have the number of laminated layers in order to increase the infrared reflectance. There is a problem that the transparency of the film decreases due to the increase in the number of layer interfaces.
  • JP2011-252213A and JP2011-253094A when the infrared rays are reflected by the plate-like metal particles simultaneously with the reflection of the infrared rays, the infrared reflectance is increased. The heat generated by absorption increases, and the risk of thermal cracking increases. Furthermore, the oxidation of the metal particles is accelerated by the heat generation of the film, and as a result, the color of the film changes over time.
  • the general construction method of window film is that after spraying water on the glass surface to which the film is attached and the adhesive surface of the film, the film and glass are bonded together using a spatula or the like. It pushes out moisture between the surfaces. Therefore, the heat-insulating and heat-insulating film having the metal layers on both surfaces of the base material, such as the window film, has two or more metal films, so that the drying of moisture is very slow and the load for draining water during construction increases. There was an inconvenience.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an infrared shielding film excellent in transparency and capable of suppressing discoloration over time, and an infrared shielding body including the infrared shielding film.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an infrared shielding film having good adhesion to a sticking object such as a glass surface and having an excellent heat shielding function and heat insulating function, and an infrared shielding provided with the infrared shielding film.
  • an infrared shielding film having a dielectric multilayer film composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer and a layer containing flat metal particles.
  • the present invention has been completed.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a substrate, a dielectric multilayer film composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer, and a layer containing flat metal particles.
  • the above infrared shielding film is provided on at least one surface of the substrate.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a substrate, a dielectric multilayer film composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer, and a layer containing flat metal particles.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a dielectric multilayer film, so that when used as a window film, the infrared shielding film reflects a near infrared ray from sunlight and functions as a shielding film by not allowing it to enter a room.
  • the layer containing particles also functions as a heat insulating film by reflecting the mid-infrared rays and far-infrared rays that can be emitted to the outside of the room to the indoor side.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention further includes a layer containing flat metal particles in addition to the dielectric multilayer film, the infrared reflection film is excellent even if the number of layers of the dielectric multilayer film is small. Ratio (infrared shielding effect) is obtained, and the transparency of the film is improved. Further, since the amount of light entering the layer containing the flat metal particles can be reduced, the amount of heat generated by the layer containing the flat metal particles is reduced, and the discoloration of the film over time is suppressed. Thus, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide an infrared shielding film excellent in transparency and capable of suppressing discoloration over time, and an infrared shielding body including the infrared shielding film.
  • the transmittance in the visible light region shown in JIS R3106: 1998 is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 60% or more.
  • the reflectance in the wavelength region of 900 nm to 1400 nm is preferably 50% or more, and more preferably 70% or more.
  • the transmittance in the wavelength region of 900 nm to 1400 nm is 30% or less.
  • the layer containing the flat metal particles and the dielectric multilayer film are formed via the base material, and the area of the base material is A, and the flat metal particles are used.
  • the occupied area is B
  • the area ratio C represented by the following formula 1 is preferably 15% or more and less than 90%. A detailed method for measuring the substrate area A and the occupied area B will be described later.
  • the infrared shielding film having such a configuration can also improve the adhesion to an object to be adhered such as a glass surface.
  • a general window film It is difficult for a general window film to obtain a sufficient adhesive force until an object on which the film is adhered, such as a glass surface, and water existing between the films are dried. Therefore, when the window film includes a metal film as in the prior art, water is difficult to dry, and the end of the film may be peeled off from the glass surface.
  • the layer containing a flat metal particle by making the area rate which the said flat metal particle occupies less than 90%, it becomes easy to drain water between a film and a sticking object, As a result, sufficient adhesion It becomes easier to gain power. That is, the adhesion of the film to the object to be applied is greatly improved, and the film can be prevented from peeling off. On the other hand, when the area ratio is 90% or more, drying of water is delayed.
  • the area ratio of the flat metal particles less than 90%, dehydration can be accelerated and the adhesion of the film can be improved.
  • the area ratio is too small, a sufficient heat shielding effect is obtained. It becomes difficult to obtain a heat insulation effect. Therefore, by setting the area ratio to 15% or more, a sufficient heat shielding effect and heat insulating effect can be obtained by the layer containing the flat metal particles, and not only the adhesion of the infrared shielding film but also the heat shielding effect and The heat insulation effect can be improved.
  • the infrared shielding film provided with the infrared shielding film which has favorable adhesiveness with respect to sticking objects, such as a glass surface, and has the outstanding heat-shielding function and heat insulation function, and this infrared shielding film
  • the body can be provided.
  • the present inventor has proposed that the infrared shielding film of the present invention can solve the problem that discoloration of the film occurs due to mold fungi resulting from residual water and the product life is shortened. Also found a positive effect.
  • a configuration of the dielectric multilayer film as described in detail below, a configuration containing a water-soluble resin is often employed.
  • a water-soluble resin is contained in a window film, when the film is used for a long time under a high humidity condition, the film is particularly easily discolored due to the effect of mold.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention uses the bactericidal action by a metal such as silver, so that the dielectric multilayer film is not affected by mold fungus and the effect that the product life is remarkably increased can be obtained.
  • a metal such as silver
  • the layer containing a metal such as silver that is, the layer containing flat metal particles is adjacent to the dielectric multilayer film, but the infrared shielding film of the present invention
  • the layer containing the flat metal particles can suppress the growth of mold, and thereby, This is considered to be because the effect of delaying the expansion is obtained.
  • the substrate (support) used in the infrared shielding film of the present invention is preferably a film support.
  • the film support may be transparent or opaque, and various resin films can be used. Specific examples include poly (meth) acrylate, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC), polyarylate, polystyrene (PS), aromatic polyamide, polyether ether ketone, polysulfone. And resin films such as polyethersulfone, polyimide, and polyetherimide, and resin films obtained by laminating two or more layers of the above resin films. From the viewpoint of cost and availability, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC) and the like are preferably used.
  • the thickness of the substrate according to the present invention is preferably 5 to 200 ⁇ m, and more preferably 15 to 150 ⁇ m. Two or more substrates may be stacked, and in this case, the types of the substrates may be the same or different.
  • the base material according to the present invention preferably has a visible light region transmittance of 85% or more, more preferably 90% or more, as shown in JIS R3106: 1998. If it is the range of such a transmittance
  • the base material according to the present invention can be produced by a conventionally known general method.
  • an unstretched substrate that is substantially amorphous and not oriented can be produced by melting a resin as a material with an extruder, extruding it with an annular die or a T-die, and quenching.
  • the unstretched base material is subjected to a known method such as uniaxial stretching, tenter-type sequential biaxial stretching, tenter-type simultaneous biaxial stretching, tubular-type simultaneous biaxial stretching, or the flow direction of the base material (vertical axis), or A stretched support can be produced by stretching in the direction perpendicular to the flow direction of the substrate (horizontal axis).
  • the draw ratio in this case can be appropriately selected according to the resin as the raw material of the base material, but is preferably 2 to 10 times in each of the vertical axis direction and the horizontal axis direction.
  • the substrate may be an unstretched film or a stretched film, but a stretched film is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the strength and suppressing thermal expansion.
  • the base material according to the present invention may be subjected to relaxation treatment or offline heat treatment in terms of dimensional stability.
  • the relaxation treatment is performed in a process from the heat setting in the stretching process of the polyester film to the winding in the transversely stretched tenter or after exiting the tenter.
  • the relaxation treatment is preferably performed at a treatment temperature of 80 to 200 ° C, more preferably 100 to 180 ° C.
  • the relaxation rate is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10% in both the longitudinal direction and the width direction, and more preferably, the relaxation rate is 2 to 6%.
  • the relaxed support is subjected to the above-described off-line heat treatment to improve heat resistance and to improve dimensional stability.
  • the undercoat layer coating solution inline on one side or both sides in the film forming process.
  • undercoating during the film forming process is referred to as in-line undercoating.
  • resins used in the undercoat layer coating solution useful in the present invention include polyester resins, acrylic-modified polyester resins, polyurethane resins, acrylic resins, vinyl resins, vinylidene chloride resins, polyethyleneimine vinylidene resins, polyethyleneimine resins, and polyvinyl alcohol resins.
  • Modified polyvinyl alcohol resin, gelatin and the like can be used, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a conventionally well-known additive can also be added to these undercoat layers.
  • the undercoat layer can be coated by a known method such as roll coating, gravure coating, knife coating, dip coating or spray coating.
  • the coating amount of the undercoat layer is preferably about 0.01 to 2 g / m 2 (dry state).
  • the layer containing the flat metal particles according to the present invention is formed on one surface of the substrate.
  • the layer containing the flat metal particles may have a single layer structure or a laminated structure of two or more layers.
  • the material of a metal particle may be individual, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the material of the metal particles is not particularly limited, and for example, gold, silver, copper, aluminum, gallium, indium, zinc, rhodium, palladium, iridium, nickel, platinum, manganese, iron, zirconium, molybdenum, chromium, tungsten, tin , Germanium, lead, antimony and the like, which are stable metals at room temperature, or alloys of these metals.
  • gold, silver, or copper having high stability.
  • the flat metal particles are not particularly limited as long as they are particles composed of two main planes, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • Examples of the shape when observed from above the main plane include a substantially hexagonal shape (see FIG. 1A), a substantially disk shape (see FIG. 1B), a substantially triangular shape, and the like.
  • a substantially hexagonal shape and a substantially disk shape are preferable in terms of high visible light transmittance.
  • the substantially hexagonal shape is not particularly limited as long as it is a substantially hexagonal shape when the flat metal particles are observed from above the main plane with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • the hexagonal corners may be sharp or dull, but the corners are preferably dull in that the absorption in the visible light region can be reduced.
  • the substantially disk shape is not particularly limited as long as it has no corners when the flat metal particles are observed from above the main plane with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and can be appropriately selected.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the ratio of the substantially hexagonal or disk-shaped tabular metal particles is preferably 60% by number or more, more preferably 65% by number or more, and even more preferably 70% by number or more with respect to the total number of tabular metal particles. If the ratio of the said flat metal particle is said range, visible light transmittance will improve.
  • the average particle size of the flat metal particles is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected. However, it is preferably 70 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 100 nm to 400 nm. When the average particle diameter is in the above range, sufficient infrared reflectivity is obtained, haze is reduced, and transparency is improved.
  • the said average particle diameter means the average value of the main plane diameter (maximum length) of 200 tabular grains arbitrarily selected from the image obtained by observing a particle
  • the layer containing tabular metal particles can contain two or more types of tabular metal particles having different average particle diameters. In this case, two or more peaks of the average particle diameter of the tabular metal particles, that is, 2 It may have two average particle sizes.
  • the coefficient of variation in the particle size distribution of the flat metal particles is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 10% or less.
  • the coefficient of variation is in the above range, the infrared reflection wavelength region in the layer containing flat metal particles becomes sharper.
  • the coefficient of variation in the particle size distribution of the flat metal particles is, for example, plotting the distribution range of the particle sizes of the 200 flat metal particles used for the calculation of the average particle diameter, and the standard deviation of the particle size distribution. Is the value (%) divided by the average value (average particle diameter) of the main plane diameter (maximum length) obtained by the above method.
  • the aspect ratio of the tabular metal particles is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.From the viewpoint that the reflectance in the near infrared light region is increased from the long wavelength side of the visible light region, It is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 30, and still more preferably 4 to 25. When the aspect ratio is in the above range, the infrared reflectance is increased and the haze can be decreased.
  • the aspect ratio means a value (L / d) obtained by dividing the average particle diameter (average equivalent circle diameter) (L) of the flat metal particles by the average particle thickness (d) of the flat metal particles (FIG. 1A). And see FIG. 1B).
  • the average particle thickness corresponds to the distance between the main planes of the flat metal particles, and can be measured by, for example, an atomic force microscope (AFM).
  • the method for measuring the average particle thickness by the AFM is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected.
  • a particle dispersion containing tabular metal particles is dropped on a glass substrate and dried to obtain a tabular metal.
  • a method of measuring the thickness of one particle may be used.
  • the content (attachment amount) of the flat metal particles in the layer containing the flat metal particles is preferably 0.01 to 1 g / m 2 (10 to 1000 mg / m 2 ), preferably 0.02 to 0.5 g. / M 2 (20 to 500 mg / m 2 ) is more preferable, and 0.025 to 0.15 g / m 2 (25 to 150 mg / m 2 ) is particularly preferable.
  • Method for producing flat metal particles examples include liquid phase methods such as a chemical reduction method, a photochemical reduction method, and an electrochemical reduction method.
  • the chemical reduction method, the photochemical reduction method, and the like are preferable from the viewpoints of shape and size controllability.
  • the tabular metal particles hexagonal or triangular shape for example, nitric acid, sodium sulfite, Br -, Cl - performing the aging process by etching, or heating by dissolving species which dissolves silver and halogen ions such as Accordingly, the corners of the hexagonal or triangular tabular metal particles may be blunted to obtain substantially hexagonal or discoidal tabular metal particles.
  • a seed crystal is fixed in advance on the surface of a transparent substrate such as a film or glass, and then metal particles (for example, Ag) are crystal-grown in a flat shape. There may be.
  • the plate-like metal particles may be further processed to give desired properties.
  • desired properties There is no restriction
  • the flat metal particles may be coated with a high refractive index material having high transparency in the visible light region in order to further enhance the transparency in the visible light region.
  • the high refractive index material is not particularly limited, for example, TiO x, BaTiO 3, ZnO, etc. SnO 2, ZrO 2, NbO x and the like.
  • an SiO 2 or polymer shell layer is appropriately formed, A metal oxide layer may be formed on this shell layer.
  • TiO x is used as a material for the high refractive index shell layer, since TiO x has photocatalytic activity, there is a concern that the matrix in which the plate-like metal particles are dispersed may be deteriorated. After forming the TiO x layer on the metal particles, an SiO 2 layer may be appropriately formed.
  • the flat metal particles may adsorb an antioxidant such as mercaptotetrazole or ascorbic acid in order to suppress oxidation of a metal such as silver constituting the flat metal particles. Further, for the purpose of preventing oxidation, an oxidation sacrificial layer such as Ni may be formed on the surface of the flat metal particles. Further, for the purpose of suppressing oxygen permeation, it may be covered with a metal oxide film such as SiO 2 .
  • the flat metal particles are added with a low molecular weight dispersant containing N element, S element, and P element, such as a quaternary ammonium salt, amines, and a high molecular weight dispersant. May be.
  • the main surfaces of the flat metal particles are oriented in a predetermined range with respect to the surface of the substrate.
  • the flat metal particles are preferably unevenly distributed substantially horizontally with respect to the substrate plane from the viewpoint of increasing the infrared reflectance.
  • Such a plane orientation is not particularly limited as long as the main plane of the flat metal particles and the surface of the base material are substantially parallel within a predetermined range.
  • the angle is 0 ° to ⁇ 40 °, more preferably 0 ° to ⁇ 30 °, still more preferably 0 ° to ⁇ 20 °, and particularly preferably 0 ° to ⁇ 5 °. If it is said range, an infrared reflectance will improve.
  • FIGS. 2A to 2C are schematic cross-sectional views showing the state of the presence of the flat metal particles 1 in the layer 2 containing the flat metal particles in the infrared shielding film of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2A is a view showing an ideal existence state of the flat metal particles 1 in the layer 2 containing the flat metal particles.
  • FIG. 2B is a diagram for explaining an angle ( ⁇ ⁇ ) formed by the plane of the substrate 3 and the main plane of the flat metal particles 1.
  • FIG. 2C shows the existence region in the depth direction of the infrared shielding film of the layer 2 containing flat metal particles.
  • the angle ( ⁇ ⁇ ) formed by the surface of the substrate 1 and the main plane of the tabular metal particles 3 or an extension line of the main plane corresponds to a predetermined range in the plane orientation. That is, the plane orientation means a state in which the tilt angle ( ⁇ ⁇ ) shown in FIG. 2B is small when the cross section of the infrared shielding film is observed.
  • FIG. 2A shows the surface of the substrate 1 and the flat metal particles 3. A state in which the angle ( ⁇ ) formed with the main plane is 0 ° is shown. If the angle of the plane orientation of the main plane of the flat metal particles 3 with respect to the surface of the substrate 1, that is, ⁇ in FIG.
  • the infrared shielding film 2B is preferably within ⁇ 40 °, more preferably within ⁇ 30 °, the infrared shielding film
  • the reflectance of a predetermined wavelength (for example, from the long wavelength side of the visible light region to the near infrared light region) is improved, and the haze is reduced.
  • an appropriate cross section is prepared, and the base material and the flat metal particles in this section are observed.
  • a method for evaluation Specifically, a cross-section sample or a cross-section sample of the infrared shielding film is prepared from the infrared shielding film using a razor, a microtome, a focused ion beam (FIB), and the like, and this is used for various microscopes (for example, a scanning type). Examples thereof include a method of evaluating from an image obtained by observation using an electron microscope (SEM), a field emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM) or the like.
  • SEM electron microscope
  • FE-SEM field emission scanning electron microscope
  • the sample frozen in liquid nitrogen is cut with a diamond cutter attached to a microtome to obtain a cross-sectional sample or cross-sectional piece.
  • a sample may be made.
  • covers a flat metal particle in an infrared shielding film does not swell with water, you may produce a cross-section sample or a cross-section slice sample.
  • the method for observing the cross-section sample or cross-section sample prepared as described above is not particularly limited as long as it can confirm whether the main plane of the plate-like metal particles is plane-oriented with respect to the surface of the base material in the sample.
  • the cross-sectional sample may be observed by FE-SEM, and the cross-sectional slice sample may be observed by TEM.
  • the plasmon resonance wavelength of the metal constituting the tabular metal particle 3 in the layer 2 including the tabular metal particles is ⁇
  • the layer 2 including the tabular metal particles When the refractive index of the medium in n is n, the layer 2 containing the flat metal particles is preferably present in the range of ( ⁇ / n) / 4 in the depth direction from the horizontal plane of the infrared shielding film. . Within this range, the effect of enhancing the phases of the reflected waves at the air interfaces on the front and back surfaces of the infrared shielding film is increased, and the visible light transmittance and infrared maximum reflectance can be improved.
  • the plasmon resonance wavelength ⁇ of the metal constituting the tabular metal particle in the layer containing the tabular metal particle according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is 400 nm to 2,500 nm in terms of imparting infrared reflection performance. In view of reducing haze (scattering property) in the visible light region, 700 nm to 2,500 nm is more preferable.
  • polyvinyl acetal resin polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyacrylate resin, polymethylmethacrylate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, saturated polyester Resins, polyurethane resins, polymers such as natural polymers such as gelatin and cellulose, and inorganic substances such as silicon dioxide and aluminum oxide.
  • the refractive index (n) of the medium is preferably 1.4 to 1.7.
  • the planar metal particles occupy the area A of the base material when viewed from the direction in which the layers including the dielectric multilayer film and the planar metal particles are laminated.
  • the total area value that is, the area ratio C, which is the ratio of the occupied area B by the flat metal particles, is represented by the following formula (1).
  • the area occupied by the flat metal particles when viewed from the stacking direction is defined as B in a state where these layers are stacked. That is, when the tabular metal particles of one layer and the other layer are completely overlapped, only the area of the larger tabular metal particle is measured, and a part of the particles overlaps Suppose that the area within the outer periphery of the overlapping particles is measured.
  • the area ratio C is specifically measured and calculated from an SEM image observed at 30,000 times. The procedure will be specifically described below.
  • an SEM image is taken at an arbitrary location on the infrared shielding film.
  • the obtained SEM image is binarized as a black and white image, and the total area of the portions where the flat metal particles are present is obtained as the actually occupied area b.
  • the area of the visual field range of the SEM image is a. Based on the following formula (2), an actual area ratio c is obtained.
  • the above-described series of procedures is performed at any three locations on the infrared shielding film, and the average value of the obtained values of c is defined as the area ratio C of Equation 1 above.
  • the area ratio C is preferably 15% or more, and more preferably 20% or more.
  • the area ratio C is in the above range, the maximum infrared reflectance is improved, and a heat shielding effect and a heat insulating effect are sufficiently obtained.
  • the upper limit value of the area ratio C is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the upper limit value is less than 90%, for example, in applications that require transparency, such as observation deck glass. In applications where electromagnetic wave shielding properties are required, such as automotive glass, the upper limit is preferably 100% or less. Moreover, when the area ratio C is less than 90%, when the infrared shielding film is attached to an object such as glass and installed, water can easily escape and an effect of improving adhesion can be obtained. Furthermore, the infrared shielding film having a layer containing flat metal particles having an area ratio C within the above range can also provide an effective antifungal effect.
  • the area ratio C is preferably 15% or more and less than 90%.
  • the area ratio C is more preferably 20% or more and 85% or less, and particularly preferably 55% or more and 80% or less.
  • a high heat shielding effect and a heat insulating effect can be obtained, and extremely good adhesion can be obtained.
  • an extremely good infrared shielding film can be obtained in all of the heat shielding effect, the heat insulating effect, and the adhesion.
  • an infrared shielding film also has a favorable antifungal effect.
  • the average interparticle distance between the flat metal particles adjacent in the horizontal direction in the layer containing the flat metal particles according to the present invention is the average particle diameter of the flat metal particles from the viewpoint of visible light transmittance and maximum infrared reflectance. It is preferable that it is 1/10 or more.
  • the horizontal average interparticle distance in the horizontal direction of the flat metal particles is in the above range, the maximum infrared reflectance is improved.
  • the horizontal average interparticle distance is preferably non-uniform (random) from the viewpoint of visible light transmittance. If it is random, absorption of visible light hardly occurs and visible light transmittance is improved.
  • the average inter-particle distance in the horizontal direction of the flat metal particles means an average value of inter-particle distances between two adjacent particles.
  • the average inter-particle distance is random as follows: “When the two-dimensional autocorrelation of the luminance value when binarizing an SEM image including 100 or more tabular metal particles is taken, Does not have a significant local maximum. "
  • the flat metal particles are arranged in the form of a layer containing the flat metal particles as shown in FIGS. 2A to 2C.
  • the layer containing flat metal particles may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers.
  • the layer containing flat metal particles may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers.
  • Method for forming layer containing flat metal particles There is no restriction
  • the area ratio C can be controlled to be in a desired range by adjusting the thickness (film thickness in a dry state) using a wire bar or the like. Moreover, since the angle (the above ⁇ ) of the plate-like metal particles with respect to the substrate can be adjusted by adjusting the temperature (drying temperature) for drying after applying the coating liquid, as a result, the area ratio C can be controlled. When the drying temperature is increased, the value of ⁇ is close to 90 °, and the area ratio C occupied by the flat metal particles can be reduced. Further, the area ratio C may be controlled by appropriately adjusting the concentration of the coating liquid and adjusting the amount of the flat metal particles.
  • the drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., and the amount of the flat metal particles is 10 to 200 mg / m 2 is preferable.
  • the drying temperature is more preferably 60 to 100 ° C., and the weight is more preferably 25 to 150 mg / m 2 .
  • Examples of the coating method include spin coating, dip coating, extrusion coating, bar coating, die coating, and gravure coating.
  • a method of planarly aligning the flat metal particles by a method such as an LB film method, a self-assembly method, or spray coating can be used.
  • a method for plane-aligning the flat metal particles a method of aligning the plane using electrostatic interaction is adopted in order to enhance the adsorptivity of the flat metal particles to the base material and the plane orientation. Also good. Specifically, when the surface of the flat metal particle is negatively charged (for example, dispersed in a negatively charged medium such as citric acid), the surface of the substrate is positively charged (for example, amino acid).
  • the substrate surface may be modified with a group or the like, and the surface orientation may be increased electrostatically to achieve surface orientation.
  • a hydrophilic / hydrophobic sea-island structure is formed on the surface of the base material by a block copolymer or a microcontact stamp method, and the hydrophilic / hydrophobic interaction is utilized. You may control a plane orientation and the intergranular distance of a flat metal particle.
  • a coating solution containing flat metal particles it may be passed through a pressing roller such as a calender roller or a laminating roller.
  • the thickness of the layer containing the flat metal particles is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 8 ⁇ m.
  • the layer containing the flat metal particles according to the present invention may contain various additives, for example, a solvent, a binder, a surfactant, an antioxidant, an antisulfurizing agent, a corrosion inhibitor, an infrared absorber, and an ultraviolet ray as necessary.
  • a solvent for example, a solvent, a binder, a surfactant, an antioxidant, an antisulfurizing agent, a corrosion inhibitor, an infrared absorber, and an ultraviolet ray
  • Absorbers, colorants, viscosity modifiers, preservatives, and the like can be included.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a dielectric multilayer film including a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer.
  • the dielectric multilayer film may be formed on the same side as the side on which the layer containing the flat metal particles is formed with respect to the base material. It may be formed on the surface opposite to the side on which the layer containing the flat metal particles is formed. That is, the layer containing flat metal particles and the dielectric layer film may be formed on one surface side of the base material, or they may be formed via the base material.
  • the material for forming the dielectric multilayer film conventionally known materials can be used, and examples thereof include metal oxide particles, polymers, and combinations thereof.
  • Examples of the metal oxide particles may include titanium dioxide (TiO 2 ), zirconium dioxide (ZrO 2 ), tantalum pentoxide (Ta 2 O 5 ), and the like as examples of the high refractive index material. Examples thereof include silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ) and magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ). Examples of the medium refractive index material include aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3 ). These metal oxide particles can be formed by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method.
  • the polymer contained in the dielectric multilayer film is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer capable of forming the dielectric multilayer film.
  • a polymer described in JP-T-2002-509279 can be used as the polymer.
  • Specific examples include, for example, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) and its isomers (eg, 2,6-, 1,4-, 1,5-, 2,7- and 2,3-PEN), polyalkylene terephthalate (Eg, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate, and poly-1,4-cyclohexanedimethylene terephthalate), polyimide (eg, polyacrylimide), polyetherimide, atactic polystyrene, polycarbonate, polymethacrylate (eg, Polyisobutyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polyethyl methacrylate, and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)), polyacrylates (eg, polybutyl acrylate, and polymethyl acrylate), cellulose Derivatives (eg, ethylcellulose, acetylcellulose,
  • Copolymers such as copolymers of PEN [e.g. (a) terephthalic acid or ester thereof, (b) isophthalic acid or ester thereof, (c) phthalic acid or ester thereof, (d) alkane glycol, (e) cycloalkane glycol ( (E.g., cyclohexanedimethanoldiol), (f) alkanedicarboxylic acid, and / or (g) cycloalkanedicarboxylic acid (e.g., cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid) and 2,6-, 1,4-, 1,5-, 2, 7- and / or copolymers with 2,3-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid or esters thereof], copolymers of polyalkylene terephthalates [eg (a) naphthalenedicarboxylic acid or esters thereof, (b) isophthalic acid or esters thereof, ( c) phthalic acid or The ester
  • a dielectric multilayer film can be formed by melt extrusion and stretching of the polymer.
  • a preferred combination of polymers forming the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer includes PEN / PMMA, PEN / polyvinylidene fluoride, and PEN / PET.
  • polyester A a polyester (hereinafter also referred to as polyester A) and a polyester (hereinafter also referred to as polyester B) containing residues derived from at least three diols of ethylene glycol, spiroglycol and butylene glycol, Can be used.
  • Polyester A is not particularly limited as long as it has a structure obtained by polycondensation of a dicarboxylic acid component and a diol component.
  • Polyester A may be a copolymer.
  • the copolyester has a structure obtained by polycondensation using at least three or more dicarboxylic acid components and diol components.
  • dicarboxylic acid component examples include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 4,4′-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, Examples thereof include 4′-diphenylsulfone dicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, dimer acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid and ester-forming derivatives thereof.
  • glycol component examples include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentadiol, diethylene glycol, polyalkylene glycol, 2,2-bis (4 ′ - ⁇ -hydroxyethoxyphenyl) propane, isosorbate, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, spiroglycol, and ester-forming derivatives thereof.
  • Polyester A is preferably polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate.
  • the polyester B includes residues derived from at least three kinds of diols, ethylene glycol, spiroglycol and butylene glycol. Typical examples include copolymerized polyesters having a structure obtained by copolymerization using ethylene glycol, spiroglycol and butylene glycol, and polyesters having a structure obtained by polymerization using these three diols. There is polyester obtained by blending. This configuration is preferable because it is easy to form and difficult to delaminate. Moreover, it is preferable that the polyester B is a polyester containing residues derived from at least two dicarboxylic acids of terephthalic acid / cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid.
  • Such polyesters include copolyesters copolymerized with terephthalic acid / cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, or those obtained by blending polyesters containing terephthalic acid residues and polyesters containing cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid residues.
  • the polyester containing a cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid residue has a large difference between the in-plane average refractive index of the A layer and the in-plane average refractive index of the B layer, and a high reflectance is obtained.
  • the glass transition temperature difference with polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate is small, it is difficult to be overstretched at the time of molding, and it is preferable that delamination is difficult.
  • the dielectric multilayer film preferably contains a water-soluble polymer.
  • the water-soluble polymer is preferable because it does not use an organic solvent, has a low environmental load, and has high flexibility, so that the durability of the film during bending is improved.
  • water-soluble polymer examples include polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl pyrrolidones, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid-acrylonitrile copolymer, potassium acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer, vinyl acetate-acrylic ester copolymer, Or acrylic resin such as acrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, styrene-methacrylic acid copolymer, styrene-methacrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene- ⁇ -methylstyrene -Styrene acrylic resin such as acrylic acid copolymer or styrene- ⁇ -methylstyrene-acrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-sodium styrenesulfonate copolymer, styrene-2-hydroxyethyl acrylate copolymer Co
  • particularly preferable examples include polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidones and copolymers containing them, gelatin, thickening polysaccharides (particularly celluloses) from the viewpoint of handling during production and film flexibility. Is mentioned. These water-soluble polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol preferably used in the present invention includes modified polyvinyl alcohol in addition to ordinary polyvinyl alcohol obtained by hydrolyzing polyvinyl acetate.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol include cation-modified polyvinyl alcohol, anion-modified polyvinyl alcohol, nonion-modified polyvinyl alcohol, and vinyl alcohol polymers.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol obtained by hydrolyzing vinyl acetate preferably has an average degree of polymerization of 800 or more, and particularly preferably has an average degree of polymerization of 1,000 to 5,000.
  • the degree of saponification is preferably 70 to 100 mol%, particularly preferably 80 to 99.5 mol%.
  • Examples of the cation-modified polyvinyl alcohol include primary to tertiary amino groups and quaternary ammonium groups in the main chain or side chain of the polyvinyl alcohol as described in, for example, JP-A-61-110483. It is obtained by saponifying a copolymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a cationic group and vinyl acetate.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a cationic group include trimethyl- (2-acrylamido-2,2-dimethylethyl) ammonium chloride and trimethyl- (3-acrylamido-3,3-dimethylpropyl) ammonium chloride.
  • the ratio of the cation-modified group-containing monomer in the cation-modified polyvinyl alcohol is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol%, more preferably 0.2 to 5 mol%, relative to vinyl acetate.
  • anion-modified polyvinyl alcohol examples include polyvinyl alcohol having an anionic group as described in JP-A-1-206088, JP-A-61-237681 and JP-A-63-307979. Examples thereof include a copolymer of vinyl alcohol and a vinyl compound having a water-soluble group, and a modified polyvinyl alcohol having a water-soluble group as described in JP-A-7-285265.
  • Nonionic modified polyvinyl alcohol includes, for example, a polyvinyl alcohol derivative in which a polyalkylene oxide group is added to a part of vinyl alcohol as described in JP-A-7-9758, and JP-A-8-25795.
  • vinyl alcohol-based polymer examples include EXEVAL (registered trademark, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) and Nichigo G polymer (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • Polyvinyl alcohol can be used in combination of two or more, such as the degree of polymerization and the type of modification.
  • gelatin used in the present invention in addition to lime-processed gelatin, acid-processed gelatin may be used, and further, a hydrolyzate of gelatin and an enzyme-decomposed product of gelatin can be used.
  • thickening polysaccharide used in the present invention can include, for example, generally known natural simple polysaccharides, natural complex polysaccharides, synthetic simple polysaccharides, and synthetic complex polysaccharides. Details of these polysaccharides Can refer to “Biochemical Encyclopedia (2nd edition), Tokyo Chemical Doujin Publishing”, “Food Industry”, Vol. 31 (1988), p. 21.
  • the thickening polysaccharide referred to in the present invention is a polymer of saccharides and has many hydrogen bonding groups in the molecule, and the viscosity at low temperature and the viscosity at high temperature due to the difference in hydrogen bonding force between molecules depending on the temperature. It is a polysaccharide with a large difference in characteristics.
  • the viscosity increase width is a polysaccharide which, when added, causes the viscosity at 40 ° C.
  • thickening polysaccharide examples include ⁇ 1-4 glucan (eg, carboxymethylcellulose, carboxyethylcellulose, etc.), galactan (eg, agarose, agaropectin, etc.), galactomannoglycan (eg, locust bean gum).
  • glucan eg, carboxymethylcellulose, carboxyethylcellulose, etc.
  • galactan eg, agarose, agaropectin, etc.
  • galactomannoglycan eg, locust bean gum
  • xyloglucan eg, tamarind gum, etc.
  • glucomannoglycan eg, salmon mannan, wood-derived glucomannan, xanthan gum, etc.
  • galactoglucomannoglycan eg, softwood-derived glycan
  • arabino Galactoglycans for example, soybean-derived glycans, microbial-derived glycans, etc.
  • glucoraminoglycans for example, gellan gum
  • glycosaminoglycans for example, hyaluronic acid, keratan sulfate, etc.
  • alginic acid and alginate cold , .Kappa.-carrageenan, lambda-carrageenan, iota-carrageenan, natural polymer and polysaccharides derived from red algae such as furcellaran.
  • the structural unit does not have a carboxyl group or a sulfoxyl group.
  • polysaccharides include, for example, pentoses such as L-arabitose, D-ribose, 2-deoxyribose, and D-xylose, and hexoses such as D-glucose, D-fructose, D-mannose, and D-galactose only. It is preferable that it is a polysaccharide.
  • tamarind seed gum known as xyloglucan whose main chain is glucose and side chain is xylose
  • guar gum known as galactomannan whose main chain is mannose and side chain is galactose
  • locust bean gum Tara gum or arabinogalactan whose main chain is galactose and whose side chain is arabinose
  • xyloglucan whose main chain is glucose and side chain is xylose
  • galactomannan whose main chain is mannose and side chain is galactose
  • locust bean gum Tara gum or arabinogalactan whose main chain is galactose and whose side chain is arabinose
  • two or more thickening polysaccharides may be used in combination.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 40,000.
  • the value measured on the measurement conditions shown in following Table 1 using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is employ
  • a curing agent may be used to cure the water-soluble polymer.
  • the curing agent applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it causes a curing reaction with a water-soluble polymer.
  • the water-soluble polymer is polyvinyl alcohol, boric acid and its salt are preferable.
  • other known compounds can be used and are generally compounds having groups capable of reacting with water-soluble polymers or compounds that promote the reaction between different groups of water-soluble polymers. It is appropriately selected according to the type of polymer.
  • curing agent other than boric acid and its salts include, for example, epoxy curing agents (diglycidyl ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-diglycidyl cyclohexane).
  • epoxy curing agents diglycidyl ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-diglycidyl cyclohexane.
  • water-soluble polymer is gelatin
  • organic hardeners such as vinylsulfone compounds, urea-formalin condensates, melanin-formalin condensates, epoxy compounds, aziridine compounds, active olefins, isocyanate compounds, etc.
  • Inorganic polyvalent metal salts such as chromium, aluminum and zirconium.
  • the form of the copolymer when the polymer is a copolymer may be any of a block copolymer, a random copolymer, a graft copolymer, and an alternating copolymer.
  • a preferred form of the dielectric multilayer film is preferably a polymer because the area can be increased, the cost is low, and the durability of the film at the time of bending and high temperature and high humidity is improved.
  • the dielectric multilayer film is more preferably in a form containing a polymer and metal oxide particles.
  • the dielectric multilayer film contains metal oxide particles because the refractive index difference between the refractive index layers can be increased and the transparency of the film can be increased by reducing the number of layers. In addition, there is an advantage that stress relaxation works and film properties (flexibility at the time of bending and high temperature and high humidity) are improved.
  • the metal oxide particles may be contained in any of the films constituting the dielectric multilayer film.
  • a preferable form is that at least the high refractive index layer includes metal oxide particles, and a more preferable form is a high refractive index. Both the layer and the low refractive index layer are in a form containing metal oxide particles. That is, it is preferable that the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer contain metal oxide particles.
  • metal oxide particles examples include titanium dioxide, zirconium dioxide, tantalum pentoxide, zinc oxide, silicon dioxide (synthetic amorphous silica, colloidal silica, etc.), alumina, colloidal alumina, lead titanate, red lead, yellow lead. , Zinc yellow, chromium oxide, ferric oxide, iron black, copper oxide, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium fluoride, strontium titanate, yttrium oxide, niobium oxide, europium oxide, lanthanum oxide, zircon, tin oxide, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the metal oxide particles preferably have an average particle size of 100 nm or less, more preferably 4 to 50 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 40 nm.
  • the average particle size of the metal oxide particles is determined by observing the particles themselves or the particles appearing on the cross section or surface of the layer with an electron microscope and measuring the particle size of 1,000 arbitrary particles. Average).
  • the particle diameter of each particle is represented by a diameter assuming a circle equal to the projected area.
  • the content of the metal oxide particles in each refractive index layer is preferably 20 to 90% by mass and more preferably 40 to 75% by mass with respect to the total mass of the refractive index layer.
  • metal oxide particles it is preferable to use solid fine particles selected from titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and alumina.
  • silicon dioxide silicon dioxide
  • acidic colloidal silica sol it is preferable to use silicon dioxide (silica) as the metal oxide particles, and it is more preferable to use acidic colloidal silica sol.
  • silicon dioxide Preferred examples of silicon dioxide (silica) that can be used in the present invention include silica synthesized by an ordinary wet method, colloidal silica, silica synthesized by a gas phase method, and the like.
  • the fine particle silica include colloidal silica and fine particle silica synthesized by a gas phase method.
  • the metal oxide particles are preferably in a state where the fine particle dispersion before mixing with the cationic polymer is dispersed to the primary particles.
  • the average particle size (particle size in the dispersion state before coating) of the metal oxide fine particles dispersed in the primary particle state is 100 nm or less. It is preferably 4 to 50 nm, more preferably 4 to 20 nm.
  • the silica synthesized by the vapor phase method in which the average particle diameter of primary particles is 4 to 20 nm for example, Aerosil manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. is commercially available.
  • the vapor phase fine particle silica can be dispersed to primary particles relatively easily by being sucked and dispersed in water, for example, by a jet stream inductor mixer manufactured by Mitamura Riken Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • the colloidal silica preferably used in the present invention is obtained by heating and aging a silica sol obtained by metathesis with an acid of sodium silicate or the like and passing through an ion exchange resin layer.
  • the preferable average particle size of colloidal silica is usually 5 to 100 nm, but an average particle size of 7 to 30 nm is more preferable.
  • Silica and colloidal silica synthesized by a vapor phase method may be those whose surfaces are cation-modified, or those treated with Al, Ca, Mg, Ba, or the like.
  • TiO 2 , ZnO, and ZrO 2 are preferable. From the viewpoint of stability of the metal oxide particle-containing composition described later for forming the high refractive index layer, TiO 2 is used. 2 (titanium dioxide sol) is more preferable. Of TiO 2 , rutile type is more preferable than anatase type because the high refractive index layer and the adjacent layer have high weather resistance due to low catalytic activity, and the refractive index is high.
  • titanium dioxide Method for Producing Titanium Dioxide Sol
  • the first step in the method for producing rutile-type fine particle titanium dioxide is at least one selected from titanium dioxide hydrate selected from the group consisting of hydroxides of alkali metals and alkaline earth metals. This is a step of treating with a basic compound (step (1)).
  • Titanium dioxide hydrate can be obtained by hydrolysis of water-soluble titanium compounds such as titanium sulfate and titanium chloride.
  • the method of hydrolysis is not particularly limited, and a known method can be applied. Especially, it is preferable that it was obtained by thermal hydrolysis of titanium sulfate.
  • the step (1) can be performed, for example, by adding the basic compound to an aqueous suspension of the titanium dioxide hydrate and treating (reacting) it under a predetermined temperature condition for a predetermined time. it can.
  • the method for preparing the titanium dioxide hydrate as an aqueous suspension is not particularly limited, and can be performed by adding the titanium dioxide hydrate to water and stirring.
  • the concentration of the suspension is not particularly limited.
  • the concentration of TiO 2 is 30 to 150 g / L in the suspension. By setting it within the above range, the reaction (treatment) can proceed efficiently.
  • the at least one basic compound selected from the group consisting of alkali metal hydroxides and alkaline earth metal hydroxides used in the step (1) is not particularly limited. Examples include potassium, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, and the like.
  • the amount of the basic compound added in the step (1) is preferably 30 to 300 g / L in terms of the basic compound concentration in the reaction (treatment) suspension.
  • the above step (1) is preferably performed at a reaction (treatment) temperature of 60 to 120 ° C.
  • the reaction (treatment) time varies depending on the reaction (treatment) temperature, but is preferably 2 to 10 hours.
  • the reaction (treatment) is preferably performed by adding an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, or calcium hydroxide to a suspension of titanium dioxide hydrate. After the reaction (treatment), the reaction (treatment) mixture is cooled, neutralized with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid as necessary, and then filtered and washed to obtain titanium dioxide hydrate fine particles.
  • the compound obtained in the step (1) may be treated with a carboxyl group-containing compound and an inorganic acid.
  • the method of treating the compound obtained in the above step (1) with an inorganic acid is a known method, but in addition to the inorganic acid, a carboxyl group-containing compound is used to reduce the particle size. Can be adjusted.
  • the carboxyl group-containing compound is an organic compound having a —COOH group.
  • the carboxyl group-containing compound is preferably a polycarboxylic acid having 2 or more, more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less carboxyl groups. Since the polycarboxylic acid has a coordination ability to a metal atom, it is presumed that the rutile titanium dioxide fine particles can be suitably obtained by suppressing aggregation between the fine particles by coordination.
  • the carboxyl group-containing compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dicarboxylic acids such as succinic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, propylmalonic acid, and maleic acid; and hydroxy compounds such as malic acid, tartaric acid, and citric acid.
  • dicarboxylic acids such as succinic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, propylmalonic acid, and maleic acid
  • hydroxy compounds such as malic acid, tartaric acid, and citric acid.
  • two or more compounds may be used in combination.
  • carboxyl group-containing compound may be a neutralized product of an organic compound having a —COOH group (for example, an organic compound having a —COONa group or the like).
  • the inorganic acid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid and the like.
  • the inorganic acid may be added so that the concentration in the reaction (treatment) solution is 0.5 to 2.5 mol / L, more preferably 0.8 to 1.4 mol / L.
  • the step (2) is preferably performed by suspending the compound obtained in the step (1) in pure water and heating it with stirring as necessary.
  • the carboxyl group-containing compound and the inorganic acid may be added simultaneously or sequentially, it is preferable to add them sequentially.
  • the addition may be an addition of an inorganic acid after the addition of the carboxyl group-containing compound or an addition of the carboxyl group-containing compound after the addition of the inorganic acid.
  • a carboxyl group-containing compound is added to the suspension of the compound obtained by the above step (1), heating is started, and the liquid temperature is preferably 60 ° C. or higher, more preferably 90 ° C. or higher.
  • a method in which an inorganic acid is added and stirring is performed for 15 minutes to 5 hours, more preferably 2 to 3 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature (Method 1); Suspension of the compound obtained by the above step (1) The inside is heated, and when the liquid temperature is preferably 60 ° C. or higher, more preferably 90 ° C. or higher, an inorganic acid is added, and a carboxyl group-containing compound is added 10 to 15 minutes after the inorganic acid is added.
  • a method (method 2) of stirring for 15 minutes to 5 hours, more preferably 2 to 3 hours, while maintaining, can be mentioned.
  • the carboxyl group-containing compound is preferably used in an amount of 0.25 to 1.5 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of TiO 2 , and 0.4 to 0 More preferably, it is used in a proportion of 8 mol%. If the addition amount of the carboxyl group-containing compound is within the above range, particles having the target particle size can be obtained, and the rutileization of the particles can proceed more efficiently.
  • the carboxyl group-containing compound is preferably used in an amount of 1.6 to 4.0 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of TiO 2 , and is preferably 2.0 to 2 More preferably, it is used in a proportion of 4 mol%.
  • the addition amount of the carboxyl group-containing compound is in the above range, particles having the target particle size can be obtained, and the rutileization of the particles can proceed more efficiently and is economically advantageous. Further, if the carboxyl group-containing compound is added 10 to 15 minutes after the addition of the inorganic acid, the rutileization of the particles proceeds efficiently, and particles having the desired particle size can be obtained.
  • step (2) it is preferable to cool after completion of the reaction (treatment) and further neutralize to pH 5.0 to 10.0.
  • the neutralization can be performed with an alkaline compound such as an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution or aqueous ammonia.
  • the target rutile titanium dioxide fine particles can be separated by filtering and washing with water after neutralization.
  • titanium dioxide fine particles As a method for producing titanium dioxide fine particles, a known method described in “Titanium oxide—physical properties and applied technology” (Kiyono Manabu, p. 255-258 (2000) Gihodo Publishing Co., Ltd.) can be used.
  • JP-A-2000-053421 comprising alkyl silicate as a dispersion stabilizer, and silicon in the alkyl silicate is changed to SiO 2.
  • the weight ratio of the amount converted to TiO 2 to the amount converted to TiO 2 in titanium dioxide (SiO 2 / TiO 2 ) is 0.7 to 10
  • JP 2000-063119 A TiO 2 Reference can be made to matters described in, for example, a sol in which a composite colloidal particle of —ZrO 2 —SnO 2 is used as a nucleus and a surface thereof is coated with a composite oxide colloidal particle of WO 3 —SnO 2 —SiO 2 .
  • the titanium dioxide particles may be coated with a silicon-containing hydrated oxide.
  • the coating amount of the silicon-containing hydrated compound is preferably 3 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 3 to 8% by mass. This is because when the coating amount is 30% by mass or less, a desired refractive index of the high refractive index layer can be obtained, and when the coating amount is 3% or more, particles can be stably formed.
  • titanium dioxide particles with a silicon-containing hydrated oxide it can be produced by a conventionally known method.
  • JP-A-10-158015 Si / Al hydration to rutile titanium dioxide) Oxide treatment
  • a method for producing a titanium dioxide sol in which a hydrous oxide of silicon and / or aluminum is deposited on the surface of titanium oxide after peptization in the alkali region of the titanate cake JP 2000-204301 A (A sol in which a rutile titanium dioxide is coated with a complex oxide of Si and Zr and / or Al.
  • JP 2007-246351 Olidation obtained by peptizing hydrous titanium dioxide
  • a titanium hydrosol As a stabilizer, the formula R1 n SiX 4-n (wherein R1 is a C1-C8 alkyl group, glycidyloxy-substituted C 1-C8 alkyl group or C2-C8 alkenyl group, X is an alkoxy group, and n is 1 or 2.)
  • An organoalkoxysilane or a compound having a complexing action with respect to titanium dioxide is added, and silicic acid is added in an alkaline region.
  • the volume average particle diameter of the titanium dioxide particles is preferably 30 nm or less, more preferably 1 to 30 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 15 nm.
  • a volume average particle size of 30 nm or less is preferable from the viewpoint of low haze and excellent visible light transmittance.
  • the volume average particle diameter is a volume average particle diameter of primary particles or secondary particles dispersed in a medium, and can be measured by a laser diffraction / scattering method, a dynamic light scattering method, or the like.
  • the particles themselves or the particles appearing on the cross section or surface of the refractive index layer are observed with an electron microscope, and the particle diameters of 1,000 arbitrary particles are measured, and d 1 , d 2.
  • the volume average particle size m v ⁇ (v i ⁇ d i ) ⁇ / ⁇ (v i ) ⁇ is calculated as the average particle size weighted by the volume.
  • colloidal silica composite emulsion can also be used as a metal oxide in the low refractive index layer.
  • the colloidal silica composite emulsion preferably used in the present invention comprises a polymer or copolymer as a main component at the center of the particle, and is described in JP-A-59-71316 and JP-A-60-127371. It is obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the presence of colloidal silica which has been conventionally known by an emulsion polymerization method.
  • the particle diameter of colloidal silica applied to the composite emulsion is preferably less than 40 nm.
  • the colloidal silica used for the preparation of this composite emulsion usually includes primary particles of 2 to 100 nm.
  • the ethylenic monomer include (meth) acrylic acid ester having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, aryl group, or allyl group, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, acrylonitrile, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride. , Vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, acrylamide, N-methylol acrylamide, ethylene, butadiene, and other materials known in the latex industry. In order to further improve the compatibility with colloidal silica, vinyl trimethoxy is used.
  • Vinyl silanes such as silane, vinyl triethoxy silane, ⁇ -methacrylooxypropyl trimethoxy silane, etc. are also used for the dispersion stability of emulsions (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, etc.
  • Anionic monomer Is used as an auxiliary.
  • two or more types of ethylenic monomers can be used together as necessary.
  • the ratio of ethylenic monomer / colloidal silica in the emulsion polymerization is preferably 100/1 to 200 in terms of solid content.
  • colloidal silica composite emulsions used in the present invention those having a glass transition point in the range of ⁇ 30 to 30 ° C. are preferable.
  • compositions include ethylenic monomers such as acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters, and particularly preferred are copolymers of (meth) acrylic acid esters and styrene, alkyl (meth) acrylates.
  • ethylenic monomers such as acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters
  • copolymers of (meth) acrylic acid esters and styrene, alkyl (meth) acrylates examples thereof include a copolymer of ester and (meth) acrylic acid aralkyl ester, and a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester copolymer.
  • emulsifiers used in emulsion polymerization include alkyl allyl polyether sulfonic acid soda salt, lauryl sulfonic acid soda salt, alkyl benzene sulfonic acid soda salt, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether sodium nitrate salt, alkyl allyl sulfosuccinate soda salt, sulfo Examples include propyl maleic acid monoalkyl ester soda salt.
  • Each refractive index layer forming the dielectric laminated film can contain various additives as necessary.
  • various anionic, cationic or nonionic surfactants include various anionic, cationic or nonionic surfactants; dispersants such as polycarboxylic acid ammonium salt, allyl ether copolymer, benzenesulfonic acid sodium salt, graft compound dispersant, polyethylene glycol type nonionic dispersant; Organic acid salts such as acetate, propionate or citrate; organic ester plasticizers such as monobasic organic acid esters and polybasic organic acid esters, organic phosphate plasticizers, organic phosphorous acid plasticizers, etc.
  • dispersants such as polycarboxylic acid ammonium salt, allyl ether copolymer, benzenesulfonic acid sodium salt, graft compound dispersant, polyethylene glycol type nonionic dispersant
  • Organic acid salts such as acetate, propionate or citrate
  • organic ester plasticizers such as monobasic organic acid esters and polybasic organic acid esters, organic phosphat
  • Plasticizers such as phosphoric acid plasticizers; ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-57-74193, JP-A-57-87988, and JP-A-62-261476, JP-A-57-74192, JP-A-57 -87989, 60-72785, 61-14659, JP-A-1-95091 and 3-13376, etc .; Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 59-42993, 59-52689, 62-280069, 61-242871, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • Optical brighteners described in the Gazettes, etc . pH adjusters such as sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate; antifoaming agents; lubricants such as diethylene glycol; Agents; antistatic agents; may contain various known additives such as matting agents.
  • the dielectric multilayer film according to the present invention may have a configuration (laminated film) in which at least one unit composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer is stacked.
  • the total number of high refractive index layers and low refractive index layers Is preferably 300 layers or less, that is, 150 units or less. More preferably, it is 250 layers (125 units) or less, and further, in the order of 100 layers (50 units) or less, 40 layers (20 units) or less, 30 layers (15 units) or less, 20 layers (10 units) or less. preferable.
  • productivity can be improved and a decrease in transparency due to scattering at the lamination interface can be suppressed.
  • the dielectric multilayer film of the present invention may have a structure in which at least one of the above units is laminated.
  • the high refractive index layer preferably has a refractive index of 1.60 to 2.40, more preferably 1.65 to 2.10.
  • the low refractive index layer of the present invention preferably has a refractive index of 1.30 to 1.50, more preferably 1.34 to 1.50.
  • the refractive index difference between the adjacent high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer is preferably 0.1 or more, Preferably it is 0.3 or more, More preferably, it is 0.4 or more.
  • the difference in refractive index between the adjacent high refractive index layer and low refractive index layer is preferably 0.1 or more, but the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer As described above, it is preferable that all refractive index layers satisfy the range defined in the present invention. However, the outermost layer and the lowermost layer may be configured outside the range defined in the present invention.
  • the reflectance in a specific wavelength region is determined by the difference in refractive index between two adjacent layers (high refractive index layer and low refractive index layer) and the number of layers, and the larger the refractive index difference, the same reflectance can be obtained with a smaller number of layers. .
  • the refractive index difference and the required number of layers can be calculated using commercially available optical design software. For example, in order to obtain an infrared shielding ratio of 90% or more, if the refractive index difference is smaller than 0.1, it is necessary to laminate more than 100 layers, which not only lowers productivity but also scattering at the lamination interface. Increases and transparency decreases. From the viewpoint of improving reflectivity and reducing the number of layers, there is no upper limit to the difference in refractive index, but the limit is substantially about 1.40.
  • the refractive index difference is obtained by calculating the refractive indexes of the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer according to the following method, and the difference between the two is defined as the refractive index difference.
  • each refractive index layer is produced as a single layer using a substrate, and after cutting this sample into 10 cm ⁇ 10 cm, the refractive index is determined according to the following method.
  • a U-4000 model manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.
  • the surface opposite to the measurement surface (back surface) of each sample is roughened and then light-absorbed with a black spray.
  • measure the reflectance in the visible light region (400 nm to 700 nm) at 25 points under the condition of regular reflection at 5 degrees obtain an average value, and calculate the average refractive index from the measurement result Ask for.
  • the refractive index of the high refractive index layer can be increased, and the high and low refractive index layers are laminated. It is possible to obtain a high infrared reflectance even if the number of units is reduced to form a thin film.
  • the total thickness of the infrared shielding film of the present invention is preferably 12 ⁇ m to 315 ⁇ m, more preferably 15 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 20 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the terms “high refractive index layer” and “low refractive index layer” refer to the refractive index layer having a higher refractive index when the refractive index difference between two adjacent layers is compared. This means that the lower refractive index layer is the lower refractive index layer. Therefore, the terms “high refractive index layer” and “low refractive index layer” are the same when each refractive index layer constituting the optical reflective film is focused on two adjacent refractive index layers. All forms other than those having a refractive index are included.
  • the dielectric multilayer film of the present invention is configured by laminating a unit composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer on a substrate.
  • a method of forming a dielectric multilayer film by melt extrusion and stretching of a polymer water-based high refraction.
  • examples thereof include a method in which a coating liquid for a refractive index layer and a coating liquid for a low refractive index layer are alternately wet-coated and dried to form a laminate.
  • the following coating methods are preferably used.
  • rod bar coating method rod bar coating method, air knife coating method, spray coating method, curtain coating method, US Pat. Nos. 2,761,419 and 2,761,791
  • a slide hopper coating method, an extrusion coating method or the like is preferably used.
  • sequential multilayer coating or simultaneous multilayer coating may be used as a method of applying a plurality of layers in a multilayer manner.
  • the viscosity of the coating solution for the high refractive index layer and the coating solution for the low refractive index layer in the simultaneous multilayer coating is preferably in the range of 5 to 100 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably The range is 10 to 50 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the range of 5 to 1200 mPa ⁇ s is preferable, and the range of 25 to 500 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable.
  • the viscosity of the coating solution at 15 ° C. is preferably 100 mPa ⁇ s or more, more preferably 100 to 30,000 mPa ⁇ s, still more preferably 3,000 to 30,000 mPa ⁇ s, and most preferably 10 , 30,000 to 30,000 mPa ⁇ s.
  • a water-based coating solution for a high refractive index layer and a coating solution for a low refractive index layer are heated to 30 ° C. or more, and after coating, the temperature of the coating film formed is 1 to 15 It is preferable that the temperature is once cooled to 10 ° C. and dried at 10 ° C. or more. More preferably, the drying conditions are wet bulb temperature 5 to 50 ° C. and film surface temperature 10 to 50 ° C. Moreover, as a cooling method immediately after application
  • the thickness per layer (thickness after drying) of the high refractive index layer is preferably 20 to 1000 nm, and more preferably 50 to 500 nm.
  • the thickness per layer of the low refractive index layer is preferably 20 to 800 nm, and more preferably 50 to 350 nm.
  • the total thickness of the infrared shielding film of the present invention is preferably 12 ⁇ m to 315 ⁇ m, more preferably 15 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 20 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a conductive layer, an antistatic layer, a gas barrier layer, an easy-adhesion layer (for the purpose of adding further functions under the base material or on the outermost surface layer opposite to the base material).
  • Adhesive layer Adhesive layer), antifouling layer, deodorant layer, droplet layer, slippery layer, hard coat layer, wear-resistant layer, antireflection layer, electromagnetic wave shielding layer, ultraviolet absorption layer, infrared absorption layer, printing layer, fluorescence Light emitting layer, hologram layer, release layer, adhesive layer, adhesive layer, infrared cut layer (metal layer, liquid crystal layer) other than the high refractive index layer and low refractive index layer of the present invention (colored layer (visible light absorbing layer)), combination
  • One or more functional layers such as an intermediate film layer used for glass may be included.
  • the adhesive layer, the infrared absorption layer, and the hard coat layer which are preferable functional layers will be described.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention can be provided with an adhesive layer on any outermost layer surface (excluding the separator).
  • An adhesive layer is a layer provided in order to stick the infrared shielding film of this invention with respect to a glass surface etc., for example.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives, silicon pressure-sensitive adhesives, urethane pressure-sensitive adhesives, polyvinyl butyral pressure-sensitive adhesives, and ethylene-vinyl acetate pressure-sensitive adhesives. Can do.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention When the infrared shielding film of the present invention is pasted on a window glass, water is sprayed on the window, and the pasting method of matching the adhesive layer of the infrared shielding film on the wet glass surface, the so-called water pasting method is re-stretched, It is preferably used from the viewpoint of repositioning and the like. For this reason, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that has a weak adhesive force in the presence of water is preferably used.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive used may be either solvent-based or emulsion-based, but is preferably a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive because it is easy to increase the adhesive strength and the like, and among them, those obtained by solution polymerization are preferable.
  • the raw material for producing such a solvent-based acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive by solution polymerization include, for example, acrylic acid esters such as ethyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and acryl acrylate as main monomers serving as a skeleton, As a comonomer to improve cohesive strength, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, methyl methacrylate, etc., to further promote crosslinking, to give stable adhesive strength, and to maintain a certain level of adhesive strength even in the presence of water
  • the functional group-containing monomer include methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and glycid
  • This adhesive layer contains additives such as stabilizers, surfactants, UV absorbers, flame retardants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, fillers, coloring, adhesion modifiers, etc. It can also be made.
  • additives such as stabilizers, surfactants, UV absorbers, flame retardants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, fillers, coloring, adhesion modifiers, etc.
  • an ultraviolet absorber is also effective for suppressing deterioration of the infrared shielding film due to ultraviolet rays.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 to 50 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 10 to 30 ⁇ m. If it is 1 micrometer or more, there exists a tendency for adhesiveness to improve and sufficient adhesive force is acquired. On the other hand, if the thickness is 100 ⁇ m or less, not only the transparency of the infrared shielding film is improved, but also after the infrared shielding film is attached to the window glass, when it is peeled off, cohesive failure does not occur between the adhesive layers. There is a tendency for the remaining adhesive to disappear.
  • the infrared shielding film of this invention can have an infrared absorption layer in arbitrary positions.
  • the material contained in the infrared absorption layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an ultraviolet curable resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and an infrared absorber.
  • UV curable resins are superior in hardness and smoothness to other resins, and are also advantageous from the viewpoint of dispersibility of tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), antimony-doped tin oxide (ATO), and thermally conductive metal oxides. It is.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin can be used without particular limitation as long as it forms a transparent layer by curing, and examples thereof include silicone resins, epoxy resins, vinyl ester resins, acrylic resins, and allyl ester resins. More preferred is an acrylic resin from the viewpoint of hardness, smoothness and transparency.
  • the acrylic resin is a reactive silica particle having a photosensitive group having photopolymerization reactivity introduced on its surface as described in International Publication No. 2008/035669 (In the following, it is preferable to simply include “reactive silica particles”.
  • the photopolymerizable photosensitive group include a polymerizable unsaturated group represented by a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin contains a photopolymerizable photosensitive group introduced on the surface of the reactive silica particles and a compound capable of photopolymerization, for example, an organic compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group. There may be.
  • a polymerizable unsaturated group-modified hydrolyzable silane reacts with a silica particle that forms a silyloxy group and is chemically bonded to the silica particle by a hydrolysis reaction of the hydrolyzable silyl group.
  • the average particle diameter of the reactive silica particles is preferably 0.001 to 0.1 ⁇ m. By setting the average particle diameter in such a range, transparency, smoothness, and hardness can be satisfied in a well-balanced manner.
  • the acrylic resin may contain a structural unit derived from a fluorine-containing vinyl monomer from the viewpoint of adjusting the refractive index.
  • Fluorine-containing vinyl monomers include fluoroolefins (eg, fluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene, hexafluoropropylene, etc.), (meth) acrylic acid moieties or fully fluorinated alkyl ester derivatives (eg, Biscoat 6FM (commodity) Name, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), R-2020 (trade name, manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.), and the like, and fully or partially fluorinated vinyl ethers.
  • fluoroolefins eg, fluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene, hexafluoropropylene, etc.
  • acrylic acid moieties or fully fluorinated alkyl ester derivatives eg, Biscoat 6
  • photopolymerization initiator known ones can be used, either alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Inorganic infrared absorbers that can be included in the infrared absorption layer include tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), antimony-doped tin oxide (from the viewpoint of visible light transmittance, infrared absorptivity, dispersibility in the resin, etc. ATO), zinc antimonate, lanthanum hexaboride (LaB 6 ), cesium-containing tungsten oxide (Cs 0.33 WO 3 ) and the like are preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic infrared absorber is preferably 5 to 100 nm, more preferably 10 to 50 nm.
  • the dispersibility in the resin and the infrared absorptivity may be lowered.
  • the visible light transmittance may decrease.
  • the average particle size is measured by taking an image with a transmission electron microscope, randomly extracting, for example, 50 particles, measuring the particle size, and averaging the results.
  • grains is not spherical, it defines as what was calculated by measuring a major axis.
  • the content of the inorganic infrared absorber in the infrared absorption layer is preferably 1 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the infrared absorption layer. If the content is 1% or more, a sufficient infrared absorption effect appears, and if it is 80% or less, a sufficient amount of visible light can be transmitted.
  • the infrared absorption layer may contain other infrared absorbers such as metal oxides other than those described above, organic infrared absorbers, metal complexes, and the like within the scope of the effects of the present invention.
  • specific examples of such other infrared absorbers include, for example, diimonium compounds, aluminum compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, organometallic complexes, cyanine compounds, azo compounds, polymethine compounds, quinone compounds, diphenylmethane compounds. Compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, and the like.
  • the thickness of the infrared absorption layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 20 ⁇ m. If it is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, the infrared absorption ability tends to be improved. On the other hand, if it is 50 ⁇ m or less, the crack resistance of the coating film is improved.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention is a hard coat containing a resin that is cured by heat, ultraviolet rays, or the like, as a surface protective layer for enhancing scratch resistance, on the uppermost layer opposite to the side having the adhesive layer of the substrate. It is preferable to laminate the layers. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable that the hard coat layer is formed above the layer containing the flat metal particles when the base material is disposed below the layer containing the flat metal particles.
  • the curable resin used in the hard coat layer examples include a thermosetting resin and an ultraviolet curable resin, but an ultraviolet curable resin is preferable because of easy molding, and among them, a pencil hardness is at least 2H. Is more preferable.
  • Such curable resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a commercially available product may be used, or a synthetic product may be used.
  • an ultraviolet curable resin it is synthesized from, for example, a polyfunctional acrylate resin such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester having a polyhydric alcohol, and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid having a diisocyanate and a polyhydric alcohol.
  • a polyfunctional acrylate resin such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester having a polyhydric alcohol, and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid having a diisocyanate and a polyhydric alcohol.
  • polyfunctional urethane acrylate resins can be mentioned.
  • polyether resins, polyester resins, epoxy resins, alkyd resins, spiroacetal resins, polybutadiene resins or polythiol polyene resins having an acrylate-based functional group can also be suitably used.
  • benzoins such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, and benzyl methyl ketal are used as photosensitizers (radical polymerization initiators) for these resins.
  • Alkyl ethers such as acetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; anthraquinones such as methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-amylanthraquinone; thioxanthone, 2,4 -Thioxanthones such as diethylthioxanthone and 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone; Ketals such as acetophenone dimethyl ketal and benzyldimethyl ketal; Benzophenone and 4,4-bismethi Benzophenones such as amino benzophenone and azo compounds can be used.
  • acetophenones such as acetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone
  • anthraquinones such as methyl
  • tertiary amines such as triethanolamine and methyldiethanolamine
  • photoinitiators such as 2-dimethylaminoethylbenzoic acid and benzoic acid derivatives such as ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate
  • the use amount of these radical polymerization initiators is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable component of the resin.
  • a well-known general coating additive with the above-mentioned curable resin as needed.
  • a silicone-based or fluorine-based paint additive that imparts leveling or surface slip properties is effective in preventing scratches on the surface of a cured film, and in the case of using ultraviolet rays as active energy rays, When the additive bleeds to the air interface, the inhibition of curing of the resin by oxygen can be reduced, and an effective degree of curing can be obtained even under low irradiation intensity conditions.
  • the hard coat layer preferably contains inorganic fine particles.
  • Preferable inorganic fine particles include fine particles of an inorganic compound containing a metal such as titanium, silica, zirconium, aluminum, magnesium, antimony, zinc or tin.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic fine particles is preferably 1000 nm or less, and more preferably in the range of 10 to 500 nm, from the viewpoint of ensuring visible light transmittance.
  • the inorganic fine particles have higher photopolymerization reactivity such as monofunctional or polyfunctional acrylates because the higher the bonding strength with the curable resin that forms the hard coat layer, the more the dropping from the hard coat layer can be suppressed. Those having a group introduced on the surface are preferred.
  • the thickness of the hard coat layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 20 ⁇ m. If it is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, the hard coat property tends to be improved. Conversely, if it is 50 ⁇ m or less, the transparency of the infrared shielding film tends to be improved.
  • the hard coat layer may also serve as the above-described infrared absorption layer.
  • any known method can be used, for example, bar coating method, die coater method, gravure roll coater method, blade coater method, spray coater method, air knife coating method, dip coating method, A transfer method and the like are preferable, and they can be used alone or in combination. These can be appropriately formed into a solution in a solvent capable of dissolving the pressure-sensitive adhesive, or can be applied using a dispersed coating solution, and known solvents can be used.
  • the adhesive layer it may be applied directly to the infrared shielding film by the previous coating method, or once coated on the release film and dried, the infrared shielding film is then bonded.
  • the adhesive may be transferred.
  • the drying temperature at this time is preferably such that the residual solvent is reduced as much as possible.
  • the drying temperature and time are not specified, but a drying time of 10 seconds to 5 minutes is preferably provided at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. Is good.
  • the adhesive since the adhesive has fluidity, the reaction is not yet completed immediately after drying by heating, and curing is necessary to complete the reaction and obtain a stable adhesive force.
  • about 50 ° C. is preferably 3 days or longer. In the case of heating, if the temperature is raised too much, the flatness of the plastic film may be deteriorated.
  • the method for forming the infrared absorption layer and the hard coat layer is not particularly limited, but a bar coat method, a die coater method, a gravure roll coater method, a spin coating method, a spray method, a blade coating method, an air knife coating method, a dip coating method. It is preferably formed by a wet coating method such as a transfer method or a dry coating method such as a vapor deposition method.
  • ultraviolet rays in a wavelength region of preferably 100 to 400 nm, more preferably 200 to 400 nm, emitted from an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc, a metal halide lamp, etc. are irradiated, or The irradiation can be performed by irradiating an electron beam having a wavelength region of 100 nm or less emitted from a scanning or curtain type electron beam accelerator.
  • the lamination order of each layer of the infrared shielding film of the present invention is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of further improving the effect of the present invention, it is preferable that the dielectric multilayer film is provided on the light (sunlight) incident side of the layer including the flat metal particles.
  • the dielectric multilayer film is provided on the light (sunlight) incident side of the layer including the flat metal particles.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention is broadly divided into (1) a structure in which a layer containing flat metal particles and a dielectric multilayer film are formed on one surface of a substrate, or (2) via a substrate. A configuration in which a layer containing flat metal particles and a dielectric multilayer film are formed is adopted. Each will be described below.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention is pasted on the indoor side of a window glass ( (Internal paste) specification can be adopted.
  • a layer containing flat metal particles, a dielectric multilayer film, and an adhesive layer are laminated on the substrate surface in this order, and a hard surface is formed on the substrate surface opposite to the side where these layers are laminated.
  • the form which coats a coat layer is mentioned as a preferable example (FIG. 3A, the structure 1 for internal bonding). With such a configuration, a high infrared shielding effect can be obtained.
  • an adhesive layer, a base material, a dielectric multilayer film, a layer containing flat metal particles, and a hard coat layer may be used in this order.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention may be affixed (outside pasting) to the outside of the window glass.
  • a dielectric multilayer film, a layer containing flat metal particles, and an adhesive layer are laminated in this order on the substrate surface, and the substrate on the side opposite to the side on which these layers are laminated.
  • a hard coat layer is coated on the surface. If the positional relationship between the layer containing the flat metal particles and the dielectric multilayer film is the same as in the case of the internal bonding, for example, an adhesive layer, a substrate, a layer containing the flat metal particles, a dielectric multilayer film, a hard It may be in the order of the coat layer (FIG. 3C, configuration 3 for external pasting). Moreover, you may have another functional layer and a base material between the dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing flat metal particle.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a dielectric multilayer film formed on one surface of the substrate,
  • the form currently formed on the other surface of a base material may be sufficient as the layer containing a flat metal particle. That is, the form in which the dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing flat metal particles are mutually formed through the substrate may be employed.
  • the positional relationship among the layer containing the flat metal particles, the dielectric multilayer film, and the substrate is such that the dielectric multilayer film, the substrate, and the flat metal particles are from the side on which light (for example, sunlight) is incident. It is preferable that the layers are arranged in the order of the layers.
  • the infrared reflective film of the present invention is pasted (internally pasted) on the indoor side of the window glass.
  • a particularly high infrared shielding effect can be obtained.
  • a layer containing flat metal particles is disposed on one surface side of the base material, and a dielectric multilayer film is disposed on the opposite surface, and the flat metal particles are based on the base material.
  • a preferable example is a form in which a hard coat layer is laminated on the layer containing, and an adhesive layer is laminated on the dielectric multilayer film (FIG. 3B, internal pasting configuration 2).
  • Other layers may be inserted between the layers as long as they are within the above stacking order.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention may be affixed (outside pasting) to the outside of the window glass.
  • a dielectric multilayer film on one surface of a base material and a hard coat layer covering the dielectric multilayer film are laminated in this order, and a layer containing flat metal particles on the other surface of the base material, and It is the structure which laminated
  • other layers may be inserted between the respective layers as long as they are within the above-described stacking order.
  • the adhesive layer is arranged on the side on which the dielectric multilayer film is formed, not on the side on which the layer containing flat metal particles is formed, based on the base material.
  • the in-adhesion specification when a film is applied to a glass surface or the like, water is not sprayed on the layer containing flat metal particles that are greatly related to drainage efficiency, but between the dielectric multilayer film and the glass surface. It becomes the composition which sprays water. Therefore, the effect of obtaining good adhesiveness can be maximized without reducing the efficiency of drainage by adopting the in-bonding specification.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention can be applied to a wide range of fields.
  • a film for window pasting such as heat ray reflective film that gives heat ray reflection effect, film for agricultural greenhouses, etc. It is mainly used for the purpose of improving the weather resistance and suppressing the excessive increase in the temperature in the house.
  • it is used suitably also as an infrared shielding film for motor vehicles pinched
  • the infrared shielding film can be sealed from outside air gas, it is preferable from the viewpoint of durability.
  • the infrared shielding film according to the present invention is suitably used for a member to be bonded to a substrate such as glass or a glass substitute resin directly or via an adhesive.
  • this invention provides the infrared shielding body which provides the infrared shielding film of this invention in the at least one surface of a base
  • Preferable substrates include plastic substrates, metal substrates, ceramic substrates, cloth substrates, etc., and the infrared shielding film of the present invention is applied to substrates of various forms such as film, plate, sphere, cube, and cuboid. Can be provided.
  • a plate-shaped ceramic substrate is preferable, and an infrared shielding body in which the infrared shielding film of the present invention is provided on a glass plate is more preferable.
  • the glass plate include float plate glass and polished plate glass described in JIS R3202: 1996, and the glass thickness is preferably 0.01 mm to 20 mm.
  • a method for providing the infrared shielding film of the present invention on the substrate a method in which an adhesive layer is coated on the infrared shielding film as described above, and is attached to the substrate via the adhesive layer is suitably used.
  • a pasting method a dry pasting method in which a film is pasted on a substrate as it is, and a water pasting method as described above can be applied, but in order to prevent air from entering between the substrate and the infrared shielding film, From the viewpoint of ease of construction, such as positioning of the infrared shielding film on the substrate, it is more preferable to bond by a water bonding method.
  • the infrared shielding body of the present invention is an embodiment in which the infrared reflecting film of the present invention is provided on at least one surface of the substrate.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention or the infrared shielding film of the present invention is provided on a plurality of surfaces of the substrate.
  • An aspect in which a plurality of bases are provided may be used.
  • a glass-like aspect may be sufficient.
  • Example 1-1 [Production of infrared shielding film] ⁇ Formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles> (Preparation of coating solution containing flat silver particles) 2.5 mL of 0.5 g / L polystyrene sulfonic acid aqueous solution was added to 50 mL of 2.5 mM sodium citrate aqueous solution and heated to 35 ° C. To this solution, 3 mL of 10 mM aqueous sodium borohydride solution was added, and 50 mL of 0.5 mM aqueous silver nitrate solution was added with stirring at 20 mL / min. This solution was stirred for 30 minutes to prepare a seed solution.
  • a white precipitate mixed solution prepared by mixing 107 mL of a 0.25 M aqueous sodium sulfite solution and 107 mL of a 0.47 M aqueous silver nitrate solution was added. Immediately after adding the white precipitate mixture, 72 mL of 0.17 M aqueous NaOH was added. At this time, an aqueous NaOH solution was added while adjusting the addition rate so that the pH did not exceed 10. This was stirred for 300 minutes to obtain a liquid in which tabular silver particles were dispersed (a coating liquid containing tabular silver particles).
  • Average circle equivalent diameter of tabular silver particles is the shape of 200 particles arbitrarily extracted from the observed SEM image, A is a substantially hexagonal or substantially disc shaped particle, and tears Image analysis was performed with B having an irregularly shaped particle such as a mold, the equivalent circle diameter of 100 particles corresponding to A was measured with a digital caliper, and the average value was taken as the average equivalent circle diameter.
  • the obtained tabular silver particle-containing coating solution was dropped onto a glass substrate and dried, and the thickness of one tabular silver particle was measured using an atomic force microscope (AFM) (Nanocute II, manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.). ).
  • the measurement conditions using the AFM were a self-detecting sensor, DFM mode, a measurement range of 5 ⁇ m, a scanning speed of 180 seconds / frame, and a data point of 256 ⁇ 256.
  • the aspect ratio was calculated by dividing the average equivalent circle diameter by the average grain thickness from the average equivalent circle diameter and the average grain thickness of the obtained tabular silver particles.
  • the prepared film having a layer containing tabular silver particles was embedded with an epoxy resin and then cleaved with a razor in a frozen state with liquid nitrogen to prepare a vertical section sample of the film.
  • This vertical section sample was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the inclination angle (absolute value) of the substrate with respect to the horizontal plane was calculated as an average value for 100 silver tabular grains.
  • ⁇ Dielectric multilayer film No. 1-1 Production> In accordance with the melt extrusion method described in US Pat. No. 6,049,419, a laminate of polyethylene naphthalate (PEN: refractive index 1.65) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA: refractive index 1.40) is 1 After stacking 50 units (100 layers in total), stretch 2 times in length and 2 times in width, heat fix and cool so that the physical film thickness is 159 nm for PEN layer and 190 nm for PMMA layer The dielectric multilayer film No. 1-1 was produced.
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PMMA refractive index 1.40
  • the produced dielectric multilayer film No. 1-1 was bonded with a film having a layer containing the above-mentioned tabular silver particles by a bonding machine so as to have a layer structure as shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the tension at the time of bonding on the PET base material side is 5 kg / m
  • the tension at the time of bonding on the dielectric multilayer film side is 5 kg / m
  • the nip roller temperature is 140 ° C.
  • the speed is 2 m / min.
  • HC layer ⁇ Formation of hard coat layer (HC layer)> To 90 parts by mass of a methyl ethyl ketone solvent, 7.5 parts by mass of an ultraviolet curable hard coat material (UV-7600B: UV curable urethane acrylate resin, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is added, and then a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure ( (Registered Trademark) 184: Ciba Specialty Chemicals, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (0.5 part by mass) was added and mixed by stirring to prepare a hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1).
  • UV-7600B UV curable urethane acrylate resin, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1) was applied to the laminate produced as described above with a wire bar so as to have the layer structure shown in FIG. 3A, and dried with hot air at 70 ° C. for 3 minutes. Thereafter, in the atmosphere, a hard coat layer having a thickness of 2 ⁇ m was formed by curing at a curing condition of 400 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet curing apparatus (using a high-pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by Eye Graphics.
  • ⁇ Formation of adhesive layer 60 parts by mass of ethyl acetate and 20 parts by mass of toluene are mixed, and 20 g of acrylic adhesive (Arontack (registered trademark) M-300: manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) is added and mixed by stirring to obtain an adhesive coating solution.
  • Acrylic adhesive Adendack (registered trademark) M-300: manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer employs a method in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is applied to a separator film and then bonded to the laminate.
  • the separator film As the separator film, a 25 ⁇ m thick polyester film (Therapel (registered trademark): manufactured by Toyo Metallizing Co., Ltd.) was used. On the separator film, a pressure-sensitive adhesive coating solution was applied with a wire bar and dried at 80 ° C. for 2 minutes to produce a film with a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 18 ⁇ m (film with a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer). The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface of the film with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was bonded to the laminate produced as described above so as to have the layer configuration (internal bonding configuration 1) shown in FIG. 3A. At this time, the tension at the time of bonding on the laminated body side was set to 10 kg / m, and the tension at the time of bonding of the film with the adhesive layer was set to 30 kg / m.
  • Therapel registered trademark: manufactured by Toyo Metallizing Co., Ltd.
  • Example 1-2 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the drying temperature was set to 100 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).
  • Example 1-3 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the drying temperature was set to 80 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).
  • Example 1-4 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the drying temperature was set to 65 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).
  • Example 1-5) ⁇ Dielectric multilayer film No. Preparation of 1-2> (Preparation of coating solution for low refractive index layer) To 500 parts by mass of pure water, 10.0 parts by mass of water-soluble resin PVA224 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree 88 mol%, degree of polymerization 1000) was added, and further water-soluble resin R1130 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.). , Silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol) 5.0 parts by mass, and then 2.0 parts by mass of water-soluble resin AZF8035 (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) are added and dissolved by heating to 70 ° C. while mixing. An aqueous resin solution was obtained.
  • PVA224 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree 88 mol%, degree of polymerization 1000
  • R1130 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.
  • the entire amount of the water-soluble resin aqueous solution was added and mixed in 350 parts by mass of 10% by mass acidic silica sol (Snowtex (registered trademark) OXS: manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) containing silica fine particles having an average particle diameter of 5 nm. Furthermore, 0.3 parts by mass of Lapisol (registered trademark) A30 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) was added as an anionic surfactant, stirred for 1 hour, and then finished with pure water to 1000.0 g for a low refractive index layer. A coating solution was prepared.
  • the base-treated titanium compound was suspended in pure water so as to have a TiO 2 concentration of 20 g / L, and citric acid was added in an amount of 0.4 mol% with respect to the amount of TiO 2 with stirring, and the temperature was raised.
  • citric acid was added in an amount of 0.4 mol% with respect to the amount of TiO 2 with stirring, and the temperature was raised.
  • concentrated hydrochloric acid was added to a hydrochloric acid concentration of 30 g / L, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature.
  • the pH and zeta potential of the obtained titanium dioxide sol solution were measured, the pH was 1.4 and the zeta potential was +40 mV. Furthermore, when the particle size was measured with a Zetasizer Nano manufactured by Malvern, the average particle size was 35 nm, and the monodispersity was 16%. Also, the titanium oxide sol solution was dried at 105 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a particulate powder, and X-ray diffraction measurement was performed using JDX-3530 type manufactured by JEOL Datum Co., Ltd. to confirm that the particles were rutile type particles. did. The volume average particle diameter was 10 nm.
  • Preparation of coating solution for high refractive index layer 28.9 parts by weight of the silica-modified titanium dioxide particle sol aqueous dispersion obtained above, 10.5 parts of a 1.92% by weight aqueous citric acid solution, and 10% by weight of an allyl ether copolymer (AKM) -0531 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) 2.0 parts aqueous solution and 9.0 parts 3% by weight boric acid aqueous solution were mixed to prepare a silica-modified titanium dioxide particle dispersion.
  • ALM allyl ether copolymer
  • the refractive index of the low refractive index layer was 1.44 as measured by the above method.
  • the refractive index of the high refractive index layer measured in the same manner was 1.92.
  • the coating solution for the low refractive index layer and the coating solution for the high refractive index layer prepared in the above are further refracted alternately so that the film surface side becomes the low refractive index layer.
  • the refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer were laminated, and simultaneous multilayer coating was performed on the film while keeping the temperature at 45 ° C. so that the total number of laminated layers was 12.
  • the cross section of the coating film was observed by SEM, the film thickness of the low refractive index layer was 170 nm, and the film thickness of the high refractive index layer was 130 nm.
  • dielectric multilayer film No. In place of 1-1, dielectric multilayer film No. An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that 1-2 was formed.
  • Example 1-6 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the drying temperature was set to 100 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).
  • Example 1--7 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the drying temperature was set to 80 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).
  • Example 1-8 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the drying temperature was 65 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).
  • Example 1-9 Infrared rays were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-2) prepared as follows was used instead of the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1). A shielding film was produced.
  • UV-7600B manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • a photopolymerization initiator Irgacure (registered trademark) 184: Ciba 0.5 parts by mass (made by Specialty Chemicals) was added and mixed with stirring.
  • ATO powder ultrafine particle ATO: manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.
  • HC infrared absorber-containing hard coat layer coating solution
  • Example 1-10 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the above hard coat layer coating solution (HC-2) was used instead of the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1). .
  • Example 1-11 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1, except that the layers were laminated with the layer structure (internal bonding structure 2) as shown in FIG. 3B.
  • Example 1-12 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the layers were laminated with the layer structure (internal bonding structure 2) as shown in FIG. 3B.
  • Example 1-13 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the layers were laminated in a layer configuration (outer attachment configuration 3) as shown in FIG. 3C.
  • Example 1-14 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5, except that the layers were laminated in the layer configuration shown in FIG. 3C (external bonding configuration 3).
  • Example 1-1 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as Example 1-1 except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.
  • Comparative Example 1-2 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as Comparative Example 1-1 except that the number of dielectric multilayer films was 200.
  • Example 1-3 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.
  • Comparative Example 1-4 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1-3, except that the number of dielectric multilayer films was 22 layers.
  • Example 1-5 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-4 except that the dielectric laminated film was not formed.
  • Comparative Example 1-6 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1-5, except that the thickness of the layer containing tabular silver particles was 12 ⁇ m after drying.
  • Comparative Example 1--7 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1-5 except that the drying temperature was 100 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention achieves high infrared reflectance and high transparency, problems such as discoloration are not observed even in long-term use.
  • Example 2-1 [Production of infrared shielding film] ⁇ Formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles> (Preparation of coating solution containing flat silver particles) Since this is the same as (preparation of flat silver particle-containing coating solution) in Example 1-1, description thereof is omitted here.
  • Table 3 shows the area ratio C measured in the same procedure as described above for the following examples and comparative examples.
  • the prepared film having a layer containing tabular silver particles was embedded with an epoxy resin and then cleaved with a razor in a frozen state with liquid nitrogen to prepare a vertical section sample of the film.
  • This vertical section sample was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the inclination angle (absolute value) of the substrate with respect to the horizontal plane was calculated as an average value for 100 silver tabular grains.
  • SEM scanning electron microscope
  • a hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1.
  • the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1) was applied to the laminate prepared above with a wire bar so as to have the layer structure shown in FIG. 3B, and dried with hot air at 70 ° C. for 3 minutes. Thereafter, in the atmosphere, a hard coat layer having a thickness of 3 ⁇ m was formed by curing at a curing condition of 400 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet curing apparatus (using a high-pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by I Graphics. The thickness of the hard coat layer was determined by observing the cross section of the hard coat layer with SEM.
  • Dielectric multilayer film No. 1 in Example 1-1 above Dielectric multilayer film No. 1 in Example 1-1 above.
  • a laminate of polyethylene naphthalate (PEN: refractive index 1.65) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA: refractive index 1.40) is taken as one unit, and 120 units (a total of 240 layers)
  • the film is stretched twice in length and twice in width, heat-set and cooled, so that the physical film thickness is 159 nm for the PEN layer and 190 nm for the PMMA layer.
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PMMA refractive index 1.40
  • the produced dielectric multilayer film No. 2-1 was bonded with a film having a layer containing the above-mentioned tabular silver particles by a bonding machine so as to have a layer structure as shown in FIG. 3B. That is, on the surface of the base material on the side where the layer containing tabular silver particles is not formed, the dielectric multilayer film No. 2-1 was pasted. At this time, the tension at the time of bonding on the PET base material side is 5 kg / m, the tension at the time of bonding on the dielectric multilayer film side is 5 kg / m, the nip roller temperature is 140 ° C., and the speed is 2 m / min. Through the process, a laminate was obtained.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive coating solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer employs a method in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is applied to a separator film and then bonded to the laminate.
  • the separator film As the separator film, a 25 ⁇ m thick polyester film (Therapel (registered trademark): manufactured by Toyo Metallizing Co., Ltd.) was used. On the separator film, a pressure-sensitive adhesive coating solution was applied with a wire bar and dried at 80 ° C. for 2 minutes to prepare a film (adhesive layer-attached film) having an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 ⁇ m. In addition, the thickness of the adhesion layer was calculated
  • Example 2-2 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 28.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 17%.
  • Example 2-3 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 96.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 57%.
  • Example 2-4 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 149.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 88%.
  • Example 2-5 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 163.2 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 96%.
  • Example 2-6 In Example 2-1, the dielectric multilayer film No. Instead of 2-1, the following dielectric multilayer film No. An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that 2-2 was formed.
  • Dielectric multilayer film No. 1 in Example 1-5 above Dielectric multilayer film No. 1 in Example 1-5 above. In the same manner as in 1-2, the dielectric multilayer film No. 2-2 was produced.
  • Example 2--7 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 28.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, the area ratio was 17% in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles).
  • Example 2-8 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 68 mg / m 2. did. At this time, the area ratio was 40% in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles).
  • Example 2-9 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 96.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 57%.
  • Example 2-10 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 132.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 78%.
  • Example 2-11 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 149.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 88%.
  • Example 2-12 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 154.7 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 91%.
  • Example 2-13 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 163.2 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 96%.
  • Example 2-14 In the above-described layered structure (outer pasting structure 4) as shown in FIG. 3D, and in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles is 96.9 mg / m.
  • An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that it was 2 . At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 57%.
  • Example 2-15 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-14 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 149.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 88%.
  • Example 2-16 In the above-described layered structure (outer pasting configuration 4, outer pasting) as shown in FIG. 3D, and in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles is 96.
  • An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that it was 0.9 mg / m 2 . At this time, the area ratio was 57%.
  • Example 2-1-7 Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-16 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 132.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, the area ratio was 78%.
  • Example 2-1 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.
  • Example 2-2 An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.
  • Example 2-3 The dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing the flat metal particles are not formed. Instead, as shown in FIG. 3E (layer structure 5), the metal reflective films are formed one by one through the substrate. In the same manner as in Example 2-1, an infrared shielding film was produced. The metal reflective film was formed as follows.
  • PET film (Toyobo's A4300: double-sided easy-adhesion layer) of 30 cm ⁇ 30 cm size and 50 ⁇ m thickness is placed in a vacuum chamber of a vacuum deposition apparatus, and the room is 1.33 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 Pa (10 ⁇ 5 torr) Until the film temperature was maintained at 50 ° C.
  • Two evaporation boards were installed in the vacuum chamber, and a silver bar and indium oxide powder were placed in each of them. First, indium oxide was heated to 1200 ° C., and an indium oxide film having a thickness of 350 ⁇ was formed at a deposition rate of 10 ⁇ / second. Next, the silver was heated to 1400 ° C.
  • the adhesiveness (adhesive strength) after water application was evaluated for the purpose of measuring the moisture dry state after water application.
  • the infrared shielding films of the above Examples and Comparative Examples were cut to 250 ⁇ 25 mm and pasted on a float plate glass of 125 ⁇ 5 ⁇ 3 mm thickness so as to be in the form described in JIS A5759: 2008.
  • the working liquid was sprayed and bonded to the glass surface and the surface of the film adhesive layer, and the roller described in JIS Z0237: 2009 was reciprocated 20 times on the film for pasting.
  • the construction liquid is a liquid prepared by adding 2 g of neutral detergent Joy (registered trademark, manufactured by P & G) to 1000 g of water.
  • the film was stored in a refrigerator at 10 ° C., taken out with time, and subjected to a 180 ° peel test described in JIS A5759: 2008.
  • the peeling force was 12 N / 25 mm (completely adhered state), but the time (days) until the completely adhered state was reached when the construction liquid was applied was measured. It is a practical range to reach a completely bonded state within 3 days.
  • the infrared shielding film affixed to the 3 mm-thick float plate glass was left for 120 days in an environment of 25 ° C. and 80% RH. Discoloration of the film edge after standing was evaluated. This discoloration is discoloration (mold erosion) due to the generation of mold in the dielectric laminated film. If the mold erosion is less than 3 mm from the end of the film, it is at a level that does not cause a practical problem.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a short adhesion time of 3 days or less and a good adhesion.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a shielding coefficient of 0.65 or less and a thermal conductivity of 5.0 or less, and has an excellent heat shielding effect and heat insulating effect.
  • the infrared shielding film of the present invention also has an antifungal effect because mold erosion is very small at less than 3 mm.
  • Examples 2-9 and 2-10 have an excellent shielding effect because the shielding coefficient is less than 0.60 and the thermal conductivity is less than 4.0. Furthermore, in the infrared shielding films of these examples, the time required to be in a complete contact state was as short as 1 day, and since it was not eroded by mold, adhesion, heat shielding effect, heat insulation effect The antifungal effect was extremely excellent.
  • Example 2-9 and Example 2-16 are compared, Example 2-9 has a smaller shielding coefficient and thermal conductivity, and Example 2-10 and Example 2-17 are compared. Then, since Example 2-10 has a smaller shielding coefficient and thermal conductivity, it can be said that a higher heat shielding effect and shielding effect can be obtained in the in-applied configuration 2, that is, the in-applied specification configuration. .
  • Example 2-1 and Example 2-6 those having an area ratio occupied by silver particles of less than 15% have a large shielding coefficient and heat transmissivity, and a relatively low heat shielding effect and heat insulation effect. It is shown that there is a tendency to become. Moreover, in the film in which the area ratio occupied by such silver particles is less than 15%, mold erosion is 3 mm or more, and it can be said that the mold prevention effect tends to be relatively low. Furthermore, as in Example 2-5 and Example 2-12, in which the area ratio occupied by the silver particles is 90% or more, the shielding coefficient and the heat transmissivity are sufficiently small, but until the complete contact state is achieved. It was shown that it takes a relatively long period of time.

Landscapes

  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Description

赤外遮蔽フィルムおよび赤外遮蔽体Infrared shielding film and infrared shielding body

 本発明は、赤外遮蔽フィルムおよび赤外遮蔽体に関する。 The present invention relates to an infrared shielding film and an infrared shielding body.

 近年、建物、自動車の窓ガラス面に貼合するウインドウフィルムが多く利用されている。その中の一つには赤外の侵入を抑え、建物室内温度が過剰に上昇するのを防ぐ機能を有するフィルムがあり、冷房の使用を低減し省エネルギー化を達成している。 In recent years, many window films have been used that are bonded to the windows of buildings and automobiles. One of them is a film that has the function of suppressing the intrusion of infrared rays and preventing the temperature inside the building from rising excessively, reducing the use of cooling and achieving energy saving.

 赤外線をカットする方法としては、赤外線吸収剤を含有する赤外線吸収層をフィルムに施す赤外線吸収タイプのフィルムと、赤外線を反射する層をフィルムに施す赤外線反射タイプのフィルムと、その両方の機能を併せ持つ方式のフィルムと、が上市されている。かようなフィルムの一例として、スパッタ、蒸着によりフィルム両面に金属膜を形成したものがある。こうしたフィルムは、夏場は赤外線を室内に侵入させず、冬場は室内から室外に放出される赤外線を室内側に反射させて遮熱機能を発現させることができ、また、効率的な断熱機能も併せ持ち、夏、冬のいずれにおいても省エネルギー化を実現することができる。 As a method of cutting infrared rays, it has both functions of an infrared absorption type film in which an infrared absorption layer containing an infrared absorber is applied to the film, and an infrared reflection type film in which an infrared reflection layer is applied to the film. Type film is on the market. An example of such a film is one in which metal films are formed on both sides of the film by sputtering or vapor deposition. Such a film does not allow infrared rays to enter the room during the summer, and reflects the infrared rays emitted from the room to the room indoors during the winter, thereby exhibiting a heat shielding function and also has an efficient heat insulation function. Energy saving can be realized both in summer and winter.

 赤外線吸収タイプのフィルムは、光エネルギーを熱エネルギーに変換するため、貼付したガラスの温度が上がりやすく、熱割れのリスクが高まるが、赤外線反射タイプはそのリスクが小さく適用範囲も大きくなる。 Infrared absorption type film converts light energy into heat energy, so the temperature of the attached glass is likely to rise, and the risk of thermal cracking increases, but the infrared reflection type film has a lower risk and a wider application range.

 赤外線反射タイプのフィルムは、誘電体層膜を積層する技術があり、塗布液を基材上にコーティングし積層する塗布法により屈折率の異なる層を交互積層したフィルム(例えば特開平8-110401号公報、特開2007-331296号公報参照)、ポリエステルフィルム表面に特定の膜厚の酸化タングステン/銀/酸化タングステンの3層構造の金属銀を含む積層薄膜を積層させたフィルム(例えば米国特許第4,368,945号明細書参照)等が開示されている。 The infrared reflection type film has a technique of laminating dielectric layer films, and a film in which layers having different refractive indexes are alternately laminated by a coating method in which a coating solution is coated on a substrate and laminated (for example, JP-A-8-110401). JP, 2007-33296, A), a film in which a laminated thin film containing metallic silver having a three-layer structure of tungsten oxide / silver / tungsten oxide having a specific thickness is laminated on the surface of a polyester film (for example, US Pat. No. 4 , 368,945)).

 また、特開2011-252213号公報および特開2011-253094号公報では、平板状金属粒子を基材上に塗布し平面状に並べることで、電磁波透過性の高い金属系赤外反射層を形成する技術が開示されている。 In Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2011-252213 and 2011-253094, flat metal particles are coated on a substrate and arranged in a plane to form a metal-based infrared reflection layer having high electromagnetic wave permeability. Techniques to do this are disclosed.

 しかしながら、上記特開平8-110401号公報、特開2007-331296号公報および米国特許第4,368,945号明細書に記載の赤外線反射タイプのフィルムは、赤外反射率を高めるために積層数が多くなり、層界面が増えることでフィルムの透明性が低下するという問題があった。 However, the infrared reflection type films described in the above-mentioned JP-A-8-110401, JP-A-2007-33296 and US Pat. No. 4,368,945 have the number of laminated layers in order to increase the infrared reflectance. There is a problem that the transparency of the film decreases due to the increase in the number of layer interfaces.

 また、特開2011-252213号公報および特開2011-253094号公報に記載の技術では、赤外線の反射と同時に、平板状金属粒子が赤外線を吸収することで、赤外反射率を高めようとすると、吸収による発熱も大きくなり、熱割れのリスクが高まってくる。さらに、金属粒子の酸化がフィルムの発熱により加速され、その結果フィルムの経時的な変色が起こるという問題があった。 Further, in the techniques described in JP2011-252213A and JP2011-253094A, when the infrared rays are reflected by the plate-like metal particles simultaneously with the reflection of the infrared rays, the infrared reflectance is increased. The heat generated by absorption increases, and the risk of thermal cracking increases. Furthermore, the oxidation of the metal particles is accelerated by the heat generation of the film, and as a result, the color of the film changes over time.

 一方、ウインドウフィルムの一般的な施工方法は、当該フィルムが貼付されるガラス面、およびフィルムが有する粘着面に水を吹き付けた後、互いを貼り合わせ、施工員がヘラ等を用いてフィルムとガラス面との間の水分を押し出す、というものである。したがって、上記ウインドウフィルムのような、基材の両面に金属層を有する遮熱、断熱フィルムは、金属膜を2層以上有するため、水分の乾燥が非常に遅く、施工時に水を抜く負荷が増えるという不都合があった。 On the other hand, the general construction method of window film is that after spraying water on the glass surface to which the film is attached and the adhesive surface of the film, the film and glass are bonded together using a spatula or the like. It pushes out moisture between the surfaces. Therefore, the heat-insulating and heat-insulating film having the metal layers on both surfaces of the base material, such as the window film, has two or more metal films, so that the drying of moisture is very slow and the load for draining water during construction increases. There was an inconvenience.

 さらに、水分を押し出す工程を経ても、必ず水分は残留し、その水が乾燥するまでの期間は、十分な粘着力が発現しにくい。特に、厚手の基材を使用すると水分の乾燥、いわゆる水抜けが遅く、フィルムの端部がガラス面から剥がれてしまうことがある。特にその性質上、断熱フィルムは寒冷地で用いられる場合が多く、寒冷地の冬場では乾燥が更に遅いため、フィルムが剥がれる可能性は更に高くなる。したがって、ガラス面等に貼付した際に、良好な密着性を発揮するフィルムが求められていた。 Furthermore, even after the process of extruding moisture, moisture always remains, and sufficient adhesive strength is unlikely to develop until the water dries. In particular, when a thick base material is used, drying of moisture, that is, so-called drainage is slow, and the end of the film may be peeled off from the glass surface. In particular, because of its nature, heat insulating films are often used in cold regions, and drying is slower in winter in cold regions, so the possibility of film peeling is further increased. Therefore, there has been a demand for a film that exhibits good adhesiveness when attached to a glass surface or the like.

 そこで、本発明は、透明性に優れ、経時的な変色が抑制される赤外遮蔽フィルムおよび該赤外遮蔽フィルムを備えた赤外遮蔽体を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an infrared shielding film excellent in transparency and capable of suppressing discoloration over time, and an infrared shielding body including the infrared shielding film.

 本発明の他の目的は、ガラス面等の貼付対象物に対する密着性が良好であり、且つ優れた遮熱機能および断熱機能を有する赤外遮蔽フィルムおよび該赤外遮蔽フィルムを備えた赤外遮蔽体を提供することにある。 Another object of the present invention is to provide an infrared shielding film having good adhesion to a sticking object such as a glass surface and having an excellent heat shielding function and heat insulating function, and an infrared shielding provided with the infrared shielding film. To provide a body.

 本発明者らは、上記課題に鑑み鋭意検討を行った。その結果、驚くべきことに、高屈折率層および低屈折率層からなる誘電多層膜と、平板状金属粒子を含む層と、を有する赤外遮蔽フィルムにより、上記課題が解決されることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 The present inventors have intensively studied in view of the above problems. As a result, it has been surprisingly found that the above-mentioned problems are solved by an infrared shielding film having a dielectric multilayer film composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer and a layer containing flat metal particles. The present invention has been completed.

 本発明の上記目的は、以下の構成により達成される。 The above object of the present invention is achieved by the following configuration.

 すなわち、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、基材と、高屈折率層および低屈折率層からなる誘電多層膜と、平板状金属粒子を含む層と、を有する。 That is, the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a substrate, a dielectric multilayer film composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer, and a layer containing flat metal particles.

 また、本発明の赤外遮蔽体は、上記の赤外遮蔽フィルムが、基体の少なくとも一方の面に設けられている。 In the infrared shielding body of the present invention, the above infrared shielding film is provided on at least one surface of the substrate.

平板状金属粒子の形状の一例を示した概略斜視図であって、略六角形状の平板状金属粒子を示す図である。It is the schematic perspective view which showed an example of the shape of a flat metal particle, Comprising: It is a figure which shows the substantially hexagonal flat metal particle. 平板状金属粒子の形状の一例を示した概略斜視図であって、略円盤形状の平板状金属粒子を示す図である。It is the schematic perspective view which showed an example of the shape of a flat metal particle, Comprising: It is a figure which shows the substantially disk-shaped flat metal particle. 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層の存在状態を示した概略断面図であって、理想的な存在状態を示す図である。It is the schematic sectional drawing which showed the presence state of the layer containing the flat metal particle which concerns on this invention, Comprising: It is a figure which shows an ideal presence state. 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層の存在状態を示した概略断面図であって、基材の平面と平板状金属粒子の平面とのなす角度(θ)を説明する図である。It is a schematic sectional drawing which showed the existence state of the layer containing the flat metal particle which concerns on this invention, Comprising: It is a figure explaining the angle ((theta)) which the plane of a base material and the plane of a flat metal particle make. 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層の存在状態を示した概略断面図であって、平板状金属粒子を含む層の赤外遮蔽フィルムの深さ方向における存在領域を示す図である。It is a schematic sectional drawing which showed the existence state of the layer containing the flat metal particle which concerns on this invention, Comprising: It is a figure which shows the existing area in the depth direction of the infrared shielding film of the layer containing a flat metal particle. 実施例で作製した内貼り用赤外遮蔽フィルムの層構成(内貼り用構成1)を示す断面概略図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the laminated constitution (internal bonding structure 1) of the infrared shielding film for internal bonding produced in the Example. 実施例で作製した内貼り用赤外遮蔽フィルムの層構成(内貼り用構成2)を示す断面概略図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the layer structure (configuration 2 for internal bonding) of the infrared shielding film for internal bonding produced in the Example. 実施例で作製した外貼り用赤外遮蔽フィルムの層構成(外貼り用構成3)を示す断面概略図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the layer structure (Structure 3 for external pasting) of the infrared shielding film for external sticking produced in the Example. 実施例で作製した内貼り用赤外遮蔽フィルムの層構成(外貼り用構成4)を示す断面概略図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the layer structure (structure 4 for external bonding) of the infrared shielding film for internal bonding produced in the Example. 比較例で作製した外貼り用赤外遮蔽フィルムの層構成(層構成5)を示す断面概略図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the layer structure (layer structure 5) of the infrared shielding film for external sticking produced by the comparative example.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、基材と、高屈折率層および低屈折率層からなる誘電多層膜と、平板状金属粒子を含む層と、を有する。本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、誘電多層膜を有することにより、ウインドウフィルムとして使用した際、太陽光からの近赤外線を反射し、室内に侵入させないことによって遮蔽フィルムとして機能するほか、平板状金属粒子を含む層により、室外に向けて放出されうる中赤外線や遠赤外線を室内側へ反射することで断熱フィルムとしても機能する。このように、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、誘電多層膜以外に、平板状金属粒子を含む層をさらに有していることから、誘電多層膜の層数が少なくても良好な赤外反射率(赤外遮蔽効果)が得られ、フィルムの透明性が向上する。また、平板状金属粒子を含む層に入光する光量を低減させることができるため、平板状金属粒子を含む層の発熱量が低減され、フィルムの経時的な変色が抑制される。このように、本発明によれば、透明性に優れ、経時的な変色が抑制される赤外遮蔽フィルムおよび該赤外遮蔽フィルムを備えた赤外遮蔽体が提供されうる。 The infrared shielding film of the present invention has a substrate, a dielectric multilayer film composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer, and a layer containing flat metal particles. The infrared shielding film of the present invention has a dielectric multilayer film, so that when used as a window film, the infrared shielding film reflects a near infrared ray from sunlight and functions as a shielding film by not allowing it to enter a room. The layer containing particles also functions as a heat insulating film by reflecting the mid-infrared rays and far-infrared rays that can be emitted to the outside of the room to the indoor side. As described above, since the infrared shielding film of the present invention further includes a layer containing flat metal particles in addition to the dielectric multilayer film, the infrared reflection film is excellent even if the number of layers of the dielectric multilayer film is small. Ratio (infrared shielding effect) is obtained, and the transparency of the film is improved. Further, since the amount of light entering the layer containing the flat metal particles can be reduced, the amount of heat generated by the layer containing the flat metal particles is reduced, and the discoloration of the film over time is suppressed. Thus, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide an infrared shielding film excellent in transparency and capable of suppressing discoloration over time, and an infrared shielding body including the infrared shielding film.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムの基本光学特性としては、JIS R3106:1998で示される可視光領域の透過率としては40%以上が好ましく、60%以上がより好ましい。また、波長900nm~1400nmの領域の反射率としては50%以上が好ましく、70%以上がより好ましい。さらに、波長900nm~1400nmの領域の透過率が30%以下であることが好ましい。 As the basic optical characteristics of the infrared shielding film of the present invention, the transmittance in the visible light region shown in JIS R3106: 1998 is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 60% or more. Further, the reflectance in the wavelength region of 900 nm to 1400 nm is preferably 50% or more, and more preferably 70% or more. Furthermore, it is preferable that the transmittance in the wavelength region of 900 nm to 1400 nm is 30% or less.

 また、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、前記平板状金属粒子を含む層と前記誘電多層膜とが、前記基材を介して形成され、前記基材の面積をA、前記平板状金属粒子による占有面積をBとしたとき、下記式1で表される面積率Cが、15%以上90%未満であると好ましい。なお、上記基材面積Aおよび占有面積Bの詳細な測定方法は後述する。 In the infrared shielding film of the present invention, the layer containing the flat metal particles and the dielectric multilayer film are formed via the base material, and the area of the base material is A, and the flat metal particles are used. When the occupied area is B, the area ratio C represented by the following formula 1 is preferably 15% or more and less than 90%. A detailed method for measuring the substrate area A and the occupied area B will be described later.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002

 かような構成の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、上記構成をとることにより、ガラス面等の貼付対象物に対する密着性もまた、向上させることができる。 By adopting the above configuration, the infrared shielding film having such a configuration can also improve the adhesion to an object to be adhered such as a glass surface.

 一般的なウインドウフィルムは、ガラス面等、フィルムが貼付される対象物およびフィルム間に存在する水が乾燥するまでは、十分な粘着力を得ることが難しい。したがって、従来技術のようにウインドウフィルムが金属膜を含む場合、水が乾燥しにくく、フィルムの端部がガラス面から剥がれてしまうことがある。 It is difficult for a general window film to obtain a sufficient adhesive force until an object on which the film is adhered, such as a glass surface, and water existing between the films are dried. Therefore, when the window film includes a metal film as in the prior art, water is difficult to dry, and the end of the film may be peeled off from the glass surface.

 この問題に対し、誘電多層膜と、平板状金属粒子を含む層とが、基材を介して形成されているため、水を用いてフィルムの貼付けを行う際、水が乾燥しやすくなるという効果が期待できる。 With respect to this problem, since the dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing the flat metal particles are formed through the base material, the effect that the water is easily dried when the film is pasted using water. Can be expected.

 そして、平板状金属粒子を含む層に関し、当該平板状金属粒子が占める面積率を90%未満とすることにより、フィルムと貼付対象物との間の水が抜けやすくなり、その結果、十分な粘着力が得やすくなる。すなわち、貼付対象物に対するフィルムの密着性が極めて向上し、フィルムの剥離を防止することができる。一方で、面積率を90%以上とすると、水の乾燥が遅くなる。 And about the layer containing a flat metal particle, by making the area rate which the said flat metal particle occupies less than 90%, it becomes easy to drain water between a film and a sticking object, As a result, sufficient adhesion It becomes easier to gain power. That is, the adhesion of the film to the object to be applied is greatly improved, and the film can be prevented from peeling off. On the other hand, when the area ratio is 90% or more, drying of water is delayed.

 このように、平板状金属粒子の面積率を90%未満とすることで脱水が早くなり、フィルムの密着性を向上させることができるが、当該面積率を小さくしすぎると、十分な遮熱効果や断熱効果を得ることが難しくなる。したがって、面積率を15%以上とすることにより、平板状金属粒子を含む層によって十分な遮熱効果や断熱効果を得ることができ、赤外遮蔽フィルムの密着性だけでなく、遮熱効果および断熱効果を向上させることができる。つまり、上記態様によれば、ガラス面等の貼付対象物に対する密着性が良好であり、且つ優れた遮熱機能および断熱機能を有する赤外遮蔽フィルムならびに該赤外遮蔽フィルムを備えた赤外遮蔽体が提供されうる。 Thus, by making the area ratio of the flat metal particles less than 90%, dehydration can be accelerated and the adhesion of the film can be improved. However, if the area ratio is too small, a sufficient heat shielding effect is obtained. It becomes difficult to obtain a heat insulation effect. Therefore, by setting the area ratio to 15% or more, a sufficient heat shielding effect and heat insulating effect can be obtained by the layer containing the flat metal particles, and not only the adhesion of the infrared shielding film but also the heat shielding effect and The heat insulation effect can be improved. That is, according to the said aspect, the infrared shielding film provided with the infrared shielding film which has favorable adhesiveness with respect to sticking objects, such as a glass surface, and has the outstanding heat-shielding function and heat insulation function, and this infrared shielding film The body can be provided.

 また、本発明者は、残留した水に起因するカビ菌により、フィルムの変色が起こり、製品寿命が短くなるという問題点について、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムがこれを解決することができるという新たな効果もまた見出した。誘電多層膜の構成としては、以下で詳述するように、水溶性の樹脂を含有する構成をとる場合が多い。このように、水溶性の樹脂がウインドウフィルムに含まれる場合、当該フィルムを高湿条件下において長期間使用すると、カビ菌の影響でフィルムが特に変色しやすくなる。 In addition, the present inventor has proposed that the infrared shielding film of the present invention can solve the problem that discoloration of the film occurs due to mold fungi resulting from residual water and the product life is shortened. Also found a positive effect. As the configuration of the dielectric multilayer film, as described in detail below, a configuration containing a water-soluble resin is often employed. Thus, when a water-soluble resin is contained in a window film, when the film is used for a long time under a high humidity condition, the film is particularly easily discolored due to the effect of mold.

 これに対し、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、銀等の金属による殺菌作用を利用することで、誘電多層膜がカビ菌に侵されず、製品寿命が格段に長くなるという効果も得られることがわかった。より高い防カビ効果を得るためには、銀等の金属を含有する層、すなわち平板状金属粒子を含む層が、誘電多層膜と隣接している方が好ましいが、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムのように、基材を介してこれらの層が形成されていても十分な防カビ効果を得ることができる。平板状金属粒子を含む層が赤外遮蔽フィルムの一部に備えられていることによって、平板状金属粒子を含む層によってカビの繁殖を抑制することができ、これにより、カビ菌の繁殖範囲の拡大を遅らせる効果が得られるためであると考えられる。 On the other hand, the infrared shielding film of the present invention uses the bactericidal action by a metal such as silver, so that the dielectric multilayer film is not affected by mold fungus and the effect that the product life is remarkably increased can be obtained. I understood. In order to obtain a higher antifungal effect, it is preferable that the layer containing a metal such as silver, that is, the layer containing flat metal particles is adjacent to the dielectric multilayer film, but the infrared shielding film of the present invention Thus, even if these layers are formed through the substrate, a sufficient antifungal effect can be obtained. By providing the layer containing the flat metal particles in a part of the infrared shielding film, the layer containing the flat metal particles can suppress the growth of mold, and thereby, This is considered to be because the effect of delaying the expansion is obtained.

 以下、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムの構成要素について、詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the components of the infrared shielding film of the present invention will be described in detail.

 [基材(支持体)]
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムに用いられる基材(支持体)としては、フィルム支持体であることが好ましい。フィルム支持体は、透明であっても不透明であってもよく、種々の樹脂フィルムを用いることができる。その具体例としては、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリカーボネート(PC)、ポリアリレート、ポリスチレン(PS)、芳香族ポリアミド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルイミド等の各樹脂フィルム、さらには前記の樹脂フィルムを2層以上積層してなる樹脂フィルム等を挙げることができる。コストや入手容易性の観点から、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリカーボネート(PC)などが好ましく用いられる。
[Base material (support)]
The substrate (support) used in the infrared shielding film of the present invention is preferably a film support. The film support may be transparent or opaque, and various resin films can be used. Specific examples include poly (meth) acrylate, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC), polyarylate, polystyrene (PS), aromatic polyamide, polyether ether ketone, polysulfone. And resin films such as polyethersulfone, polyimide, and polyetherimide, and resin films obtained by laminating two or more layers of the above resin films. From the viewpoint of cost and availability, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC) and the like are preferably used.

 本発明に係る基材の厚みは、5~200μmであることが好ましく、15~150μmであることがより好ましい。基材は、2枚以上を重ねたものであってもよく、この際、基材の種類は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。 The thickness of the substrate according to the present invention is preferably 5 to 200 μm, and more preferably 15 to 150 μm. Two or more substrates may be stacked, and in this case, the types of the substrates may be the same or different.

 また、本発明に係る基材は、JIS R3106:1998で示される可視光領域の透過率が85%以上であることが好ましく、90%以上であることがより好ましい。このような透過率の範囲であれば、赤外遮蔽フィルムとしたときのJIS R3106:1998で示される可視光領域の透過率が40%以上とすることに有利となり、好ましい。 The base material according to the present invention preferably has a visible light region transmittance of 85% or more, more preferably 90% or more, as shown in JIS R3106: 1998. If it is the range of such a transmittance | permeability, it will become advantageous for the transmittance | permeability of the visible region shown by JISR3106: 1998 when it is set as an infrared shielding film to be 40% or more, and is preferable.

 本発明に係る基材は、従来公知の一般的な方法により製造することが可能である。例えば、材料となる樹脂を押し出し機により溶融し、環状ダイやTダイにより押し出して急冷することにより、実質的に無定形で配向していない未延伸の基材を製造することができる。また、未延伸の基材を一軸延伸、テンター式逐次二軸延伸、テンター式同時二軸延伸、チューブラー式同時二軸延伸などの公知の方法により、基材の流れ(縦軸)方向、または基材の流れ方向と直角(横軸)方向に延伸することにより延伸支持体を製造することができる。この場合の延伸倍率は、基材の原料となる樹脂に合わせて適宜選択することができるが、縦軸方向および横軸方向にそれぞれ2~10倍が好ましい。 The base material according to the present invention can be produced by a conventionally known general method. For example, an unstretched substrate that is substantially amorphous and not oriented can be produced by melting a resin as a material with an extruder, extruding it with an annular die or a T-die, and quenching. In addition, the unstretched base material is subjected to a known method such as uniaxial stretching, tenter-type sequential biaxial stretching, tenter-type simultaneous biaxial stretching, tubular-type simultaneous biaxial stretching, or the flow direction of the base material (vertical axis), or A stretched support can be produced by stretching in the direction perpendicular to the flow direction of the substrate (horizontal axis). The draw ratio in this case can be appropriately selected according to the resin as the raw material of the base material, but is preferably 2 to 10 times in each of the vertical axis direction and the horizontal axis direction.

 上記のように基材は、未延伸フィルムでも延伸フィルムでもよいが、強度向上、熱膨張抑制等の観点から延伸フィルムが好ましい。 As described above, the substrate may be an unstretched film or a stretched film, but a stretched film is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the strength and suppressing thermal expansion.

 また、本発明に係る基材は、寸法安定性の点で弛緩処理やオフライン熱処理を行ってもよい。弛緩処理は前記ポリエステルフィルムの延伸製膜工程中の熱固定した後、横延伸のテンター内、またはテンターを出た後の巻き取りまでの工程で行われるのが好ましい。弛緩処理は処理温度が80~200℃で行われることが好ましく、100~180℃がより好ましい。また、長手方向、幅手方向ともに、弛緩率が0.1~10%の範囲で行われることが好ましく、より好ましくは弛緩率が2~6%で処理されることである。弛緩処理された支持体は、上記のオフライン熱処理を施すことにより耐熱性が向上し、さらに寸法安定性が良好になる。 In addition, the base material according to the present invention may be subjected to relaxation treatment or offline heat treatment in terms of dimensional stability. It is preferable that the relaxation treatment is performed in a process from the heat setting in the stretching process of the polyester film to the winding in the transversely stretched tenter or after exiting the tenter. The relaxation treatment is preferably performed at a treatment temperature of 80 to 200 ° C, more preferably 100 to 180 ° C. In addition, the relaxation rate is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10% in both the longitudinal direction and the width direction, and more preferably, the relaxation rate is 2 to 6%. The relaxed support is subjected to the above-described off-line heat treatment to improve heat resistance and to improve dimensional stability.

 本発明に係る基材は、製膜過程で片面または両面にインラインで下引層塗布液を塗布することが好ましい。本発明において、製膜工程中での下引塗布をインライン下引という。本発明に有用な下引層塗布液に使用する樹脂としては、ポリエステル樹脂、アクリル変性ポリエステル樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ビニル樹脂、塩化ビニリデン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミンビニリデン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、変性ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、またはゼラチン等を挙げることができ、これらは単独でもまたは2種以上混合しても用いることができる。これらの下引層には、従来公知の添加剤を加えることもできる。上記下引層は、ロールコート、グラビアコート、ナイフコート、ディップコート、スプレーコート等の公知の方法によりコーティングすることができる。上記下引層の塗布量としては、0.01~2g/m(乾燥状態)程度が好ましい。 In the base material according to the present invention, it is preferable to apply the undercoat layer coating solution inline on one side or both sides in the film forming process. In the present invention, undercoating during the film forming process is referred to as in-line undercoating. Examples of resins used in the undercoat layer coating solution useful in the present invention include polyester resins, acrylic-modified polyester resins, polyurethane resins, acrylic resins, vinyl resins, vinylidene chloride resins, polyethyleneimine vinylidene resins, polyethyleneimine resins, and polyvinyl alcohol resins. , Modified polyvinyl alcohol resin, gelatin and the like can be used, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. A conventionally well-known additive can also be added to these undercoat layers. The undercoat layer can be coated by a known method such as roll coating, gravure coating, knife coating, dip coating or spray coating. The coating amount of the undercoat layer is preferably about 0.01 to 2 g / m 2 (dry state).

 [平板状金属粒子を含む層]
 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層は、基材の一方の面上に形成される。平板状金属粒子を含む層は、単層構造であってもよいし、2層以上の積層構造であってもよい。また、金属粒子の材料は、単独でもよいし2種以上組み合わせて使用してもよい。
[Layer containing flat metal particles]
The layer containing the flat metal particles according to the present invention is formed on one surface of the substrate. The layer containing the flat metal particles may have a single layer structure or a laminated structure of two or more layers. Moreover, the material of a metal particle may be individual, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

 金属粒子の材料は、特に制限はなく、例えば、金、銀、銅、アルミニウム、ガリウム、インジウム、亜鉛、ロジウム、パラジウム、イリジウム、ニッケル、白金、マンガン、鉄、ジルコニウム、モリブデン、クロム、タングステン、スズ、ゲルマニウム、鉛、アンチモン等の常温状態で安定である金属単体、またはこれら金属の合金が挙げられる。これらの中でも、安定性の高い金、銀、銅を用いると好ましい。そして、銀を用いると特に好ましい。すなわち、平板状金属粒子を含む層は、少なくとも平板状銀粒子を含むことが好ましい。 The material of the metal particles is not particularly limited, and for example, gold, silver, copper, aluminum, gallium, indium, zinc, rhodium, palladium, iridium, nickel, platinum, manganese, iron, zirconium, molybdenum, chromium, tungsten, tin , Germanium, lead, antimony and the like, which are stable metals at room temperature, or alloys of these metals. Among these, it is preferable to use gold, silver, or copper having high stability. And it is particularly preferable to use silver. That is, the layer containing tabular metal particles preferably contains at least tabular silver particles.

 (平板状金属粒子)
 前記平板状金属粒子としては、2つの主平面からなる粒子であれば特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。主平面の上方から観察した際の形状の例としては、例えば、略六角形状(図1A参照)、略円盤形状(図1B参照)、略三角形状などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、可視光線透過率が高い点で、略六角形状、略円盤形状であることが好ましい。
(Plate metal particles)
The flat metal particles are not particularly limited as long as they are particles composed of two main planes, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples of the shape when observed from above the main plane include a substantially hexagonal shape (see FIG. 1A), a substantially disk shape (see FIG. 1B), a substantially triangular shape, and the like. Among these, a substantially hexagonal shape and a substantially disk shape are preferable in terms of high visible light transmittance.

 略六角形状としては、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で平板状金属粒子を主平面の上方から観察した際に、略六角形状であれば特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、六角形状の角が鋭角のものでも、鈍っているものでもよいが、可視光域の吸収を軽減し得る点で、角が鈍っているものであることが好ましい。角の鈍りの程度としては、特に制限はなく、適宜選択することができる。 The substantially hexagonal shape is not particularly limited as long as it is a substantially hexagonal shape when the flat metal particles are observed from above the main plane with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. . For example, the hexagonal corners may be sharp or dull, but the corners are preferably dull in that the absorption in the visible light region can be reduced. There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a grade of the dullness of an angle, It can select suitably.

 略円盤形状としては、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で平板状金属粒子を主平面の上方から観察した際に、角が無く、丸い形状であれば特に制限はなく、適宜選択することができる。 The substantially disk shape is not particularly limited as long as it has no corners when the flat metal particles are observed from above the main plane with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and can be appropriately selected.

 略六角形状または略円盤形状の平板状金属粒子の割合は、平板状金属粒子の全個数に対して、60個数%以上が好ましく、65個数%以上がより好ましく、70個数%以上がさらに好ましい。前記平板状金属粒子の割合が上記の範囲であれば、可視光線透過率が向上する。 The ratio of the substantially hexagonal or disk-shaped tabular metal particles is preferably 60% by number or more, more preferably 65% by number or more, and even more preferably 70% by number or more with respect to the total number of tabular metal particles. If the ratio of the said flat metal particle is said range, visible light transmittance will improve.

 平板状金属粒子の平均粒子径は、特に制限はなく、適宜選択することができるが、70nm~500nmが好ましく、100nm~400nmがより好ましい。平均粒子径が上記の範囲であれば、十分な赤外反射能が得られ、ヘイズが小さくなり、透明性が向上する。なお、上記平均粒子径は、TEMで粒子を観察して得た像から任意に選んだ200個の平板粒子の主平面直径(最大長さ)の平均値を意味する。 The average particle size of the flat metal particles is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected. However, it is preferably 70 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 100 nm to 400 nm. When the average particle diameter is in the above range, sufficient infrared reflectivity is obtained, haze is reduced, and transparency is improved. In addition, the said average particle diameter means the average value of the main plane diameter (maximum length) of 200 tabular grains arbitrarily selected from the image obtained by observing a particle | grain with TEM.

 平板状金属粒子を含む層には、平均粒子径が異なる2種以上の平板状金属粒子を含有することができ、この場合、平板状金属粒子の平均粒子径のピークが2つ以上、即ち2つの平均粒子径を有していてもよい。 The layer containing tabular metal particles can contain two or more types of tabular metal particles having different average particle diameters. In this case, two or more peaks of the average particle diameter of the tabular metal particles, that is, 2 It may have two average particle sizes.

 前記平板状金属粒子の粒度分布における変動係数は、30%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下であることがより好ましい。前記変動係数が上記範囲であれば、平板状金属粒子を含む層における赤外線の反射波長域がよりシャープになる。 The coefficient of variation in the particle size distribution of the flat metal particles is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 10% or less. When the coefficient of variation is in the above range, the infrared reflection wavelength region in the layer containing flat metal particles becomes sharper.

 ここで、前記平板状金属粒子の粒度分布における変動係数は、例えば、上記の平均粒子径の算出に用いた200個の平板状金属粒子の粒子径の分布範囲をプロットし、粒度分布の標準偏差を求め、上記の方法で得られる主平面直径(最大長さ)の平均値(平均粒子径)で割った値(%)である。 Here, the coefficient of variation in the particle size distribution of the flat metal particles is, for example, plotting the distribution range of the particle sizes of the 200 flat metal particles used for the calculation of the average particle diameter, and the standard deviation of the particle size distribution. Is the value (%) divided by the average value (average particle diameter) of the main plane diameter (maximum length) obtained by the above method.

 前記平板状金属粒子のアスペクト比としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、可視光域長波長側から近赤外光領域での反射率が高くなる点から、2以上であることが好ましく、2~30であることがより好ましく、4~25がさらに好ましい。前記アスペクト比が上記の範囲であれば、赤外反射率が大きくなり、ヘイズが小さくなりうる。なお、アスペクト比は、平板状金属粒子の平均粒子径(平均円相当径)(L)を平板状金属粒子の平均粒子厚み(d)で除算した値(L/d)を意味する(図1Aおよび図1B参照)。平均粒子厚みは、平板状金属粒子の主平面間距離に相当し、例えば、原子間力顕微鏡(AFM)により測定することができる。 The aspect ratio of the tabular metal particles is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.From the viewpoint that the reflectance in the near infrared light region is increased from the long wavelength side of the visible light region, It is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 30, and still more preferably 4 to 25. When the aspect ratio is in the above range, the infrared reflectance is increased and the haze can be decreased. The aspect ratio means a value (L / d) obtained by dividing the average particle diameter (average equivalent circle diameter) (L) of the flat metal particles by the average particle thickness (d) of the flat metal particles (FIG. 1A). And see FIG. 1B). The average particle thickness corresponds to the distance between the main planes of the flat metal particles, and can be measured by, for example, an atomic force microscope (AFM).

 前記AFMによる平均粒子厚みの測定方法としては、特に制限はなく、適宜選択することができ、例えば、ガラス基板に平板状金属粒子を含有する粒子分散液を滴下し、乾燥させて、平板状金属粒子1個の厚みを測定する方法などが挙げられる。 The method for measuring the average particle thickness by the AFM is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected. For example, a particle dispersion containing tabular metal particles is dropped on a glass substrate and dried to obtain a tabular metal. For example, a method of measuring the thickness of one particle may be used.

 平板状金属粒子を含む層における平板状金属粒子の含有量(付量)は、0.01~1g/m(10~1000mg/m)であることが好ましく、0.02~0.5g/m(20~500mg/m)であることがより好ましく、0.025~0.15g/m(25~150mg/m)であると特に好ましい。 The content (attachment amount) of the flat metal particles in the layer containing the flat metal particles is preferably 0.01 to 1 g / m 2 (10 to 1000 mg / m 2 ), preferably 0.02 to 0.5 g. / M 2 (20 to 500 mg / m 2 ) is more preferable, and 0.025 to 0.15 g / m 2 (25 to 150 mg / m 2 ) is particularly preferable.

 (平板状金属粒子の製造方法)
 前記平板状金属粒子の製造方法としては、例えば、化学還元法、光化学還元法、電気化学還元法等の液相法などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、形状とサイズ制御性との観点から、化学還元法、光化学還元法などが好ましい。六角形状または三角形状の平板状金属粒子を合成後、例えば、硝酸、亜硫酸ナトリウム、Br、Cl等のハロゲンイオンなどの銀を溶解する溶解種によるエッチング処理、または加熱によるエージング処理を行うことにより、六角形状または三角形状の平板状金属粒子の角を鈍らせて、略六角形状または略円盤形状の平板状金属粒子を得てもよい。
(Method for producing flat metal particles)
Examples of the method for producing the flat metal particles include liquid phase methods such as a chemical reduction method, a photochemical reduction method, and an electrochemical reduction method. Among these, the chemical reduction method, the photochemical reduction method, and the like are preferable from the viewpoints of shape and size controllability. After synthesis the tabular metal particles hexagonal or triangular shape, for example, nitric acid, sodium sulfite, Br -, Cl - performing the aging process by etching, or heating by dissolving species which dissolves silver and halogen ions such as Accordingly, the corners of the hexagonal or triangular tabular metal particles may be blunted to obtain substantially hexagonal or discoidal tabular metal particles.

 なお、前記平板状金属粒子の製造方法としては、上記の他、予めフィルムやガラスなどの透明基材の表面に種晶を固定後、平板状に金属粒子(例えばAg)を結晶成長させる方法であってもよい。 In addition to the above, as a method for producing the flat metal particles, a seed crystal is fixed in advance on the surface of a transparent substrate such as a film or glass, and then metal particles (for example, Ag) are crystal-grown in a flat shape. There may be.

 前記平板状金属粒子は、所望の特性を付与するために、更なる処理を施してもよい。このような処理としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、高屈折率シェル層の形成、分散剤、酸化防止剤等の各種添加剤を添加することなどが挙げられる。 The plate-like metal particles may be further processed to give desired properties. There is no restriction | limiting in particular as such a process, For example, formation of various additives, such as formation of a high refractive index shell layer, a dispersing agent, antioxidant, etc. are mentioned.

 前記平板状金属粒子は、可視光域透明性をさらに高めるために、可視光域での透明性が高い高屈折率材料で被覆されてもよい。 The flat metal particles may be coated with a high refractive index material having high transparency in the visible light region in order to further enhance the transparency in the visible light region.

 前記高屈折率材料としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、TiO、BaTiO、ZnO、SnO、ZrO、NbOなどが挙げられる。 As the high refractive index material is not particularly limited, for example, TiO x, BaTiO 3, ZnO, etc. SnO 2, ZrO 2, NbO x and the like.

 前記被覆する方法としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、Langmuir、2000年、16巻、p.2731-2735に報告されているような、テトラブトキシチタンを加水分解することにより平板状金属粒子の表面にTiO層を形成する方法であってもよい。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as said coating method, For example, Langmuir, 2000, 16 volumes, p. As reported in 2731-2735, a method of forming a TiO x layer on the surface of the plate-like metal particles by hydrolyzing tetrabutoxy titanium may be used.

 また、前記平板状金属粒子に直接高屈折率シェル層を形成することが困難な場合は、前記の通り平板状金属粒子を合成した後、適宜SiOやポリマーのシェル層を形成し、更に、このシェル層上に金属酸化物層を形成してもよい。TiOを高屈折率シェル層の材料として用いる場合には、TiOが光触媒活性を有することから、平板状金属粒子を分散するマトリックスを劣化させてしまう懸念があるため、目的に応じて平板状金属粒子にTiO層を形成した後、適宜SiO層を形成してもよい。 Further, when it is difficult to form a high refractive index shell layer directly on the flat metal particles, after synthesizing the flat metal particles as described above, an SiO 2 or polymer shell layer is appropriately formed, A metal oxide layer may be formed on this shell layer. When TiO x is used as a material for the high refractive index shell layer, since TiO x has photocatalytic activity, there is a concern that the matrix in which the plate-like metal particles are dispersed may be deteriorated. After forming the TiO x layer on the metal particles, an SiO 2 layer may be appropriately formed.

 前記平板状金属粒子は、該平板状金属粒子を構成する銀などの金属の酸化を抑制するために、メルカプトテトラゾール、アスコルビン酸等の酸化防止剤を吸着していてもよい。また、酸化防止を目的として、Ni等の酸化犠牲層が平板状金属粒子の表面に形成されていてもよい。また、酸素の透過を抑制する目的として、SiOなどの金属酸化物膜で被覆されていてもよい。 The flat metal particles may adsorb an antioxidant such as mercaptotetrazole or ascorbic acid in order to suppress oxidation of a metal such as silver constituting the flat metal particles. Further, for the purpose of preventing oxidation, an oxidation sacrificial layer such as Ni may be formed on the surface of the flat metal particles. Further, for the purpose of suppressing oxygen permeation, it may be covered with a metal oxide film such as SiO 2 .

 前記平板状金属粒子は、分散性付与を目的として、N元素、S元素、P元素を含む低分子量分散剤、例えば、4級アンモニウム塩、アミン類、高分子量分散剤などの分散剤を添加してもよい。 For the purpose of imparting dispersibility, the flat metal particles are added with a low molecular weight dispersant containing N element, S element, and P element, such as a quaternary ammonium salt, amines, and a high molecular weight dispersant. May be.

 (面配向)
 前記平板状金属粒子を含む層において、平板状金属粒子は、その主平面が基材の表面に対して所定の範囲で面配向することが好ましい。
(Plane orientation)
In the layer containing the flat metal particles, it is preferable that the main surfaces of the flat metal particles are oriented in a predetermined range with respect to the surface of the substrate.

 前記平板状金属粒子は、赤外反射率を高めるという観点から、基材平面に対して略水平に偏在していることが好ましい。 The flat metal particles are preferably unevenly distributed substantially horizontally with respect to the substrate plane from the viewpoint of increasing the infrared reflectance.

 このような面配向としては、平板状金属粒子の主平面と、基材の表面とが、所定の範囲内で略平行になっている態様であれば、特に制限はないが、好ましい面配向の角度は0°~±40°であり、より好ましくは0°~±30°であり、さらに好ましくは0°~±20°、特に好ましくは0°~±5°である。上記の範囲であれば、赤外反射率が向上する。 Such a plane orientation is not particularly limited as long as the main plane of the flat metal particles and the surface of the base material are substantially parallel within a predetermined range. The angle is 0 ° to ± 40 °, more preferably 0 ° to ± 30 °, still more preferably 0 ° to ± 20 °, and particularly preferably 0 ° to ± 5 °. If it is said range, an infrared reflectance will improve.

 ここで、図2A~図2Cは、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムにおいて、平板状金属粒子を含む層2中の平板状金属粒子1の存在状態を示した断面概略図である。図2Aは、平板状金属粒子を含む層2中における平板状金属粒子1の理想的な存在状態を示す図である。図2Bは、基材3の平面と平板状金属粒子1の主平面とのなす角度(±θ)を説明する図である。図2Cは、平板状金属粒子を含む層2の赤外遮蔽フィルムの深さ方向における存在領域を示すものである。 Here, FIGS. 2A to 2C are schematic cross-sectional views showing the state of the presence of the flat metal particles 1 in the layer 2 containing the flat metal particles in the infrared shielding film of the present invention. FIG. 2A is a view showing an ideal existence state of the flat metal particles 1 in the layer 2 containing the flat metal particles. FIG. 2B is a diagram for explaining an angle (± θ) formed by the plane of the substrate 3 and the main plane of the flat metal particles 1. FIG. 2C shows the existence region in the depth direction of the infrared shielding film of the layer 2 containing flat metal particles.

 図2Bにおいて、基材1の表面と、平板状金属粒子3の主平面または主平面の延長線とのなす角度(±θ)は、前記の面配向における所定の範囲に対応する。すなわち、面配向とは、赤外遮蔽フィルムの断面を観察した際、図2Bに示す傾角(±θ)が小さい状態をいい、特に、図2Aは、基材1の表面と平板状金属粒子3の主平面とのなす角度(θ)が0°である状態を示す。基材1の表面に対する平板状金属粒子3の主平面の面配向の角度、すなわち、図2Bにおけるθが好ましくは±40°以内、より好ましくは±30°以内であれば、赤外遮蔽フィルムの所定の波長(例えば、可視光域長波長側から近赤外光領域)の反射率が向上し、ヘイズが小さくなるため好ましい。 In FIG. 2B, the angle (± θ) formed by the surface of the substrate 1 and the main plane of the tabular metal particles 3 or an extension line of the main plane corresponds to a predetermined range in the plane orientation. That is, the plane orientation means a state in which the tilt angle (± θ) shown in FIG. 2B is small when the cross section of the infrared shielding film is observed. In particular, FIG. 2A shows the surface of the substrate 1 and the flat metal particles 3. A state in which the angle (θ) formed with the main plane is 0 ° is shown. If the angle of the plane orientation of the main plane of the flat metal particles 3 with respect to the surface of the substrate 1, that is, θ in FIG. 2B is preferably within ± 40 °, more preferably within ± 30 °, the infrared shielding film The reflectance of a predetermined wavelength (for example, from the long wavelength side of the visible light region to the near infrared light region) is improved, and the haze is reduced.

 (面配向の評価方法)
 前記基材の表面に対して平板状金属粒子の主平面が面配向しているかどうかの評価方法としては、例えば、適当な断面切片を作製し、この切片における基材および平板状金属粒子を観察して評価する方法が挙げられる。具体的には、赤外遮蔽フィルムを、剃刀、ミクロトーム、集束イオンビーム(FIB)等を用いて赤外遮蔽フィルムの断面サンプルまたは断面切片サンプルを作製し、これを、各種顕微鏡(例えば、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)、電界放射型走査電子顕微鏡(FE-SEM)等)を用いて観察して得た画像から評価する方法などが挙げられる。
(Evaluation method of plane orientation)
As an evaluation method of whether or not the main plane of the flat metal particles is plane-oriented with respect to the surface of the base material, for example, an appropriate cross section is prepared, and the base material and the flat metal particles in this section are observed. And a method for evaluation. Specifically, a cross-section sample or a cross-section sample of the infrared shielding film is prepared from the infrared shielding film using a razor, a microtome, a focused ion beam (FIB), and the like, and this is used for various microscopes (for example, a scanning type). Examples thereof include a method of evaluating from an image obtained by observation using an electron microscope (SEM), a field emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM) or the like.

 前記赤外遮蔽フィルムにおいて、平板状金属粒子を被覆するバインダが水で膨潤する場合は、液体窒素で凍結した状態の試料を、ミクロトームに装着されたダイヤモンドカッター切断することで、断面サンプルまたは断面切片サンプルを作製してもよい。また、赤外遮蔽フィルムにおいて平板状金属粒子を被覆するバインダが水で膨潤しない場合は、断面サンプルまたは断面切片サンプルを作製してもよい。 In the infrared shielding film, when the binder covering the plate-like metal particles swells with water, the sample frozen in liquid nitrogen is cut with a diamond cutter attached to a microtome to obtain a cross-sectional sample or cross-sectional piece. A sample may be made. Moreover, when the binder which coat | covers a flat metal particle in an infrared shielding film does not swell with water, you may produce a cross-section sample or a cross-section slice sample.

 前記の通り作製した断面サンプルまたは断面切片サンプルの観察方法は、サンプルにおいて基材の表面に対して平板状金属粒子の主平面が面配向しているかどうかを確認し得るものであれば、特に制限はなく、例えば、SEM、FE-SEM、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)、光学顕微鏡などを用いた観察方法が挙げられる。前記断面サンプルの場合はFE-SEMにより、前記断面切片サンプルの場合はTEMにより、それぞれ観察を行ってもよい。FE-SEMで評価する場合は、平板状金属粒子の形状と傾角(図2Bの±θ)が明瞭に判断できる空間分解能を有することが好ましい。 The method for observing the cross-section sample or cross-section sample prepared as described above is not particularly limited as long as it can confirm whether the main plane of the plate-like metal particles is plane-oriented with respect to the surface of the base material in the sample. There are, for example, observation methods using SEM, FE-SEM, transmission electron microscope (TEM), optical microscope, and the like. The cross-sectional sample may be observed by FE-SEM, and the cross-sectional slice sample may be observed by TEM. When evaluating by FE-SEM, it is preferable to have a spatial resolution that can clearly determine the shape and tilt angle (± θ in FIG. 2B) of the flat metal particles.

 (平板状金属粒子の存在範囲)
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムにおいて、図2Cに示すように、平板状金属粒子を含む層2における平板状金属粒子3を構成する金属のプラズモン共鳴波長をλとし、平板状金属粒子を含む層2における媒質の屈折率をnとするとき、前記平板状金属粒子を含む層2が、赤外遮蔽フィルムの水平面からの深さ方向において、(λ/n)/4の範囲で存在することが好ましい。この範囲であれば、赤外遮蔽フィルムの表面および裏面のそれぞれの空気界面での反射波の位相が強めあう効果が大きくなり、可視光線透過率および赤外最大反射率が向上しうる。
(Existence range of flat metal particles)
In the infrared shielding film of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 2C, the plasmon resonance wavelength of the metal constituting the tabular metal particle 3 in the layer 2 including the tabular metal particles is λ, and the layer 2 including the tabular metal particles When the refractive index of the medium in n is n, the layer 2 containing the flat metal particles is preferably present in the range of (λ / n) / 4 in the depth direction from the horizontal plane of the infrared shielding film. . Within this range, the effect of enhancing the phases of the reflected waves at the air interfaces on the front and back surfaces of the infrared shielding film is increased, and the visible light transmittance and infrared maximum reflectance can be improved.

 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層における平板状金属粒子を構成する金属のプラズモン共鳴波長λは、特に制限はないが、赤外反射性能を付与する点で、400nm~2,500nmであることが好ましく、可視光域のヘイズ(散乱性)を低くする点から、700nm~2,500nmであることがより好ましい。 The plasmon resonance wavelength λ of the metal constituting the tabular metal particle in the layer containing the tabular metal particle according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is 400 nm to 2,500 nm in terms of imparting infrared reflection performance. In view of reducing haze (scattering property) in the visible light region, 700 nm to 2,500 nm is more preferable.

 平板状金属粒子を含む層における媒質としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂、ポリアクリレート樹脂、ポリメチルメタクリレート樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル樹脂、飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ゼラチンやセルロース等の天然高分子などの高分子、二酸化ケイ素、酸化アルミニウム等の無機物などが挙げられる。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a medium in the layer containing a flat metal particle, For example, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyacrylate resin, polymethylmethacrylate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, saturated polyester Resins, polyurethane resins, polymers such as natural polymers such as gelatin and cellulose, and inorganic substances such as silicon dioxide and aluminum oxide.

 前記媒質の屈折率(n)は、1.4~1.7であることが好ましい。 The refractive index (n) of the medium is preferably 1.4 to 1.7.

 (平板状金属粒子による占有面積および面積率)
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを上から見たとき、すなわち、誘電多層膜や平板状金属粒子を含む層が積層される方向から見たときの基材の面積Aに対する、平板状金属粒子が占める面積の合計値、すなわち、平板状金属粒子による占有面積Bの割合である面積率Cは、下記式(1)で表される。
(Occupied area and area ratio by flat metal particles)
When the infrared shielding film of the present invention is viewed from above, that is, the planar metal particles occupy the area A of the base material when viewed from the direction in which the layers including the dielectric multilayer film and the planar metal particles are laminated. The total area value, that is, the area ratio C, which is the ratio of the occupied area B by the flat metal particles, is represented by the following formula (1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000003

 なお、赤外遮蔽フィルムが平板状金属粒子を含む層を複数有する場合は、これらの層が積層した状態において、積層方向から見たときの平板状金属粒子による占有面積をBとする。つまり、一方の層と他方の層との平板状金属粒子同士が完全に重なっているときは、大きい方の平板状金属粒子分の面積のみが計測され、当該粒子の一部が重なっているときは、重なり合った粒子の外周内の面積が計測されるものとする。 In addition, when the infrared shielding film has a plurality of layers containing flat metal particles, the area occupied by the flat metal particles when viewed from the stacking direction is defined as B in a state where these layers are stacked. That is, when the tabular metal particles of one layer and the other layer are completely overlapped, only the area of the larger tabular metal particle is measured, and a part of the particles overlaps Suppose that the area within the outer periphery of the overlapping particles is measured.

 上記面積率Cは、具体的には、30,000倍で観察したSEM画像によって計測、算出される。以下に、その手順を具体的に説明する。 The area ratio C is specifically measured and calculated from an SEM image observed at 30,000 times. The procedure will be specifically described below.

 まず、赤外遮蔽フィルム上の任意の箇所でSEM画像を撮影する。次に、得られたSEM画像を白黒画像として二値化し、平板状金属粒子が存在する部分の面積の合計を実測の占有面積bとして得る。一方、SEM画像の視野範囲の面積をaとする。そして、下記式(2)に基づき、実測の面積率cを得る。 First, an SEM image is taken at an arbitrary location on the infrared shielding film. Next, the obtained SEM image is binarized as a black and white image, and the total area of the portions where the flat metal particles are present is obtained as the actually occupied area b. On the other hand, the area of the visual field range of the SEM image is a. Based on the following formula (2), an actual area ratio c is obtained.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000004

 上述の一連の手順を赤外遮蔽フィルム上の任意の3か所で行い、得られたcの値の平均値を上記の式1の面積率Cとする。また、上記式(1)中の基板面積Aおよび占有面積Bは、視野範囲の面積a、実測の占有面積bとの関係において、A:a=B:bである。 The above-described series of procedures is performed at any three locations on the infrared shielding film, and the average value of the obtained values of c is defined as the area ratio C of Equation 1 above. Further, the substrate area A and the occupied area B in the above formula (1) are A: a = B: b in relation to the area a of the visual field range and the actually occupied area b.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムにおいて、面積率Cは、15%以上であることが好ましく、20%以上であることがより好ましい。前記面積率Cが、上記範囲であれば、赤外線の最大反射率が向上し、遮熱効果および断熱効果が十分に得られる。 In the infrared shielding film of the present invention, the area ratio C is preferably 15% or more, and more preferably 20% or more. When the area ratio C is in the above range, the maximum infrared reflectance is improved, and a heat shielding effect and a heat insulating effect are sufficiently obtained.

 面積率Cの上限値は、特に制限されないが、例えば、展望台のガラスなどの透明性が必要な用途では、該上限値は90%未満であることが好ましい。また、自動車用ガラスなどの電磁波シールド性が必要な用途では、該上限値は100%以下であることが好ましい。また、面積率Cを90%未満とすると、赤外遮蔽フィルムをガラス等の対象物に貼付けて設置する際に、水が抜けやすくなり、密着性が向上するという効果も得られる。さらに、面積率Cが上記範囲内である平板状金属粒子を含む層を有する赤外遮蔽フィルムは、有効な防カビ効果もまた得ることができる。 The upper limit value of the area ratio C is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the upper limit value is less than 90%, for example, in applications that require transparency, such as observation deck glass. In applications where electromagnetic wave shielding properties are required, such as automotive glass, the upper limit is preferably 100% or less. Moreover, when the area ratio C is less than 90%, when the infrared shielding film is attached to an object such as glass and installed, water can easily escape and an effect of improving adhesion can be obtained. Furthermore, the infrared shielding film having a layer containing flat metal particles having an area ratio C within the above range can also provide an effective antifungal effect.

 すなわち、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムにおいて、面積率Cは、15%以上90%未満であると好ましい。面積率Cは、20%以上85%以下であるとより好ましく、さらに、55%以上80%以下であると特に好ましい。20%以上85%以下とすることにより、高い遮熱効果および断熱効果を得ることができると共に、極めて良好な密着性を得ることができる。さらに、55%以上80%以下とすることにより、遮熱効果、断熱効果、密着性のすべてにおいて、極めて良好な赤外遮蔽フィルムを得ることができる。また、上記範囲において、赤外遮蔽フィルムは、良好な防カビ効果もまた有する。 That is, in the infrared shielding film of the present invention, the area ratio C is preferably 15% or more and less than 90%. The area ratio C is more preferably 20% or more and 85% or less, and particularly preferably 55% or more and 80% or less. By setting it to 20% or more and 85% or less, a high heat shielding effect and a heat insulating effect can be obtained, and extremely good adhesion can be obtained. Furthermore, by setting it to 55% or more and 80% or less, an extremely good infrared shielding film can be obtained in all of the heat shielding effect, the heat insulating effect, and the adhesion. Moreover, in the said range, an infrared shielding film also has a favorable antifungal effect.

 平板状金属粒子を含む層において、面積率Cが上記範囲となるような平板状金属粒子を含む層の形成方法は、以下で詳述する。 The method for forming a layer containing flat metal particles such that the area ratio C is in the above range in the layer containing flat metal particles will be described in detail below.

 (平板状金属粒子の平均粒子間距離)
 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層における水平方向に隣接する平板状金属粒子の平均粒子間距離は、可視光線透過率および赤外線の最大反射率の観点から、平板状金属粒子の平均粒子径の1/10以上であることが好ましい。
(Average distance between flat metal particles)
The average interparticle distance between the flat metal particles adjacent in the horizontal direction in the layer containing the flat metal particles according to the present invention is the average particle diameter of the flat metal particles from the viewpoint of visible light transmittance and maximum infrared reflectance. It is preferable that it is 1/10 or more.

 平板状金属粒子の水平方向の平均粒子間距離が、上記の範囲であれば、赤外線の最大反射率が向上する。また、水平方向の平均粒子間距離は、可視光線透過率の観点から、不均一(ランダム)であることが好ましい。ランダムであれば、可視光線の吸収が起こりにくく、可視光線透過率が向上する。 If the average inter-particle distance in the horizontal direction of the flat metal particles is in the above range, the maximum infrared reflectance is improved. The horizontal average interparticle distance is preferably non-uniform (random) from the viewpoint of visible light transmittance. If it is random, absorption of visible light hardly occurs and visible light transmittance is improved.

 ここで、前記平板状金属粒子の水平方向の平均粒子間距離とは、隣り合う2つの粒子の粒子間距離の平均値を意味する。また、前記平均粒子間距離がランダムであるとは、「100個以上の平板状金属粒子が含まれるSEM画像を二値化した際の輝度値の2次元自己相関を取ったときに、原点以外に有意な極大点を持たない」ことを意味する。 Here, the average inter-particle distance in the horizontal direction of the flat metal particles means an average value of inter-particle distances between two adjacent particles. The average inter-particle distance is random as follows: “When the two-dimensional autocorrelation of the luminance value when binarizing an SEM image including 100 or more tabular metal particles is taken, Does not have a significant local maximum. "

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムにおいて、平板状金属粒子は、図2A~図2Cに示すように、平板状金属粒子を含む層の形態で配置される。 In the infrared shielding film of the present invention, the flat metal particles are arranged in the form of a layer containing the flat metal particles as shown in FIGS. 2A to 2C.

 平板状金属粒子を含む層は、図2A~図2Cに示すように、単層で構成されてもよく、複数の層で構成されてもよい。複数の層で構成される場合、遮熱性能を付与したい波長帯域に応じた遮蔽性能を付与することが可能となる。 As shown in FIGS. 2A to 2C, the layer containing flat metal particles may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers. When composed of a plurality of layers, it becomes possible to provide shielding performance according to the wavelength band to which heat shielding performance is desired.

 (平板状金属粒子を含む層の形成方法)
 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層の形成方法としては、特に制限はなく、公知の方法に従って形成することができる。例えば、上記成分を配合してなる平板状金属粒子を含む塗布液を塗布する塗布法により好適に形成することができる。塗布法を用いることにより、上述した平板状金属粒子が占める面積率Cを容易に制御することができる。具体的には、媒体および上記(平板状金属粒子の製造方法)において説明した手法で製造した平板状金属粒子を適当な溶媒に加えて塗布液を調整し、当該塗布液を塗布する際の膜厚(乾燥していない状態での膜厚)を、ワイヤーバー等を用いて調整することにより、面積率Cを所望の範囲となるように制御することができる。また、塗布液を塗布した後、乾燥させる際の温度(乾燥温度)を調整することにより、基材に対する平板状金属粒子の角度(上記θ)を調節可能であるため、その結果として、面積率Cを制御することができる。なお、乾燥温度を高くすると、上記θの値が90°に近くなり、平板状金属粒子が占める面積率Cを小さくすることができる。さらに、塗布液の濃度を適宜調節し、平板状金属粒子の付量を調整することにより、面積率Cを制御してもよい。
(Method for forming layer containing flat metal particles)
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a formation method of the layer containing the flat metal particle which concerns on this invention, It can form according to a well-known method. For example, it can be suitably formed by a coating method in which a coating solution containing flat metal particles formed by blending the above components is applied. By using the coating method, the area ratio C occupied by the above-described flat metal particles can be easily controlled. Specifically, the coating film is prepared by adding the medium and the plate-like metal particles produced by the method described in the above (Method for producing plate-like metal particles) to an appropriate solvent to apply the coating solution. The area ratio C can be controlled to be in a desired range by adjusting the thickness (film thickness in a dry state) using a wire bar or the like. Moreover, since the angle (the above θ) of the plate-like metal particles with respect to the substrate can be adjusted by adjusting the temperature (drying temperature) for drying after applying the coating liquid, as a result, the area ratio C can be controlled. When the drying temperature is increased, the value of θ is close to 90 °, and the area ratio C occupied by the flat metal particles can be reduced. Further, the area ratio C may be controlled by appropriately adjusting the concentration of the coating liquid and adjusting the amount of the flat metal particles.

 より具体的には、基材の面積に対する平板状金属粒子による占有面積の割合である面積率を上記好ましい範囲とするため、乾燥温度を50~150℃とし、平板状金属粒子の付量を、10~200mg/mとすると好ましい。乾燥温度について、より好ましくは、60~100℃であり、また、付量について、より好ましくは、25~150mg/mである。 More specifically, in order to make the area ratio, which is the ratio of the area occupied by the flat metal particles with respect to the area of the base material, in the preferred range, the drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., and the amount of the flat metal particles is 10 to 200 mg / m 2 is preferable. The drying temperature is more preferably 60 to 100 ° C., and the weight is more preferably 25 to 150 mg / m 2 .

 前記塗布法としては、例えば、スピンコート法、ディップコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、バーコート法、ダイコート法、グラビアコート法などが挙げられる。 Examples of the coating method include spin coating, dip coating, extrusion coating, bar coating, die coating, and gravure coating.

 また、LB膜法、自己組織化法、スプレー塗布などの方法により平板状金属粒子を面配向させる方法も用いられうる。 In addition, a method of planarly aligning the flat metal particles by a method such as an LB film method, a self-assembly method, or spray coating can be used.

 平板状金属粒子を面配向させる方法として、平板状金属粒子の基材への吸着性や面配向性を高めるために、静電的な相互作用を利用して、面配向させる方法を採用してもよい。具体的には、平板状金属粒子の表面が負に帯電している場合(例えば、クエン酸等の負帯電性の媒質に分散した状態)は、基材の表面を正に帯電(例えば、アミノ基等で基材表面を修飾)させておき、静電的に面配向性を高めることにより、面配向させる方法であってもよい。また、平板状金属粒子の表面が親水性である場合は、基材の表面をブロックコポリマーやマイクロコンタクトスタンプ法などにより、親疎水性の海島構造を形成しておき、親疎水相互作用を利用して面配向性と平板状金属粒子の粒子間距離とを制御してもよい。 As a method for plane-aligning the flat metal particles, a method of aligning the plane using electrostatic interaction is adopted in order to enhance the adsorptivity of the flat metal particles to the base material and the plane orientation. Also good. Specifically, when the surface of the flat metal particle is negatively charged (for example, dispersed in a negatively charged medium such as citric acid), the surface of the substrate is positively charged (for example, amino acid). The substrate surface may be modified with a group or the like, and the surface orientation may be increased electrostatically to achieve surface orientation. In addition, when the surface of the flat metal particles is hydrophilic, a hydrophilic / hydrophobic sea-island structure is formed on the surface of the base material by a block copolymer or a microcontact stamp method, and the hydrophilic / hydrophobic interaction is utilized. You may control a plane orientation and the intergranular distance of a flat metal particle.

 なお、面配向を促進するために、平板状金属粒子を含む塗布液を塗布後、カレンダーローラーやラミローラー等の圧着ローラーに通すことを行ってもよい。 In addition, in order to promote plane orientation, after applying a coating solution containing flat metal particles, it may be passed through a pressing roller such as a calender roller or a laminating roller.

 平板状金属粒子を含む層の厚みは、特に制限はないが、0.1μm~10μmが好ましく、0.5~8μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the layer containing the flat metal particles is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 μm to 10 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 8 μm.

 (その他の成分)
 本発明に係る平板状金属粒子を含む層は、必要に応じて、各種の添加剤、例えば、溶媒、バインダ、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤、硫化防止剤、腐食防止剤、赤外線吸収剤、紫外線吸収剤、着色剤、粘度調整剤、防腐剤などを含有することができる。
(Other ingredients)
The layer containing the flat metal particles according to the present invention may contain various additives, for example, a solvent, a binder, a surfactant, an antioxidant, an antisulfurizing agent, a corrosion inhibitor, an infrared absorber, and an ultraviolet ray as necessary. Absorbers, colorants, viscosity modifiers, preservatives, and the like can be included.

 [誘電多層膜]
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、高屈折率層および低屈折率層を含む誘電多層膜を有する。そして、この誘電多層膜は、基材に対し、上記の平板状金属粒子を含む層が形成された側と同じ側の面に形成されていてもよいし、また、当該基材に対し、上記の平板状金属粒子を含む層が形成された側とは反対側の面に形成されていてもよい。すなわち、平板状金属粒子を含む層と誘電体層膜とが、基材の一方の表面側に形成されていてもよいい、または、これらが基材を介して形成されていてもよい。誘電多層膜を形成する材料としては従来公知の材料を用いることができ、例えば、金属酸化物粒子、ポリマー、およびこれらの組み合わせ等などが挙げられる。
[Dielectric multilayer film]
The infrared shielding film of the present invention has a dielectric multilayer film including a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer. The dielectric multilayer film may be formed on the same side as the side on which the layer containing the flat metal particles is formed with respect to the base material. It may be formed on the surface opposite to the side on which the layer containing the flat metal particles is formed. That is, the layer containing flat metal particles and the dielectric layer film may be formed on one surface side of the base material, or they may be formed via the base material. As the material for forming the dielectric multilayer film, conventionally known materials can be used, and examples thereof include metal oxide particles, polymers, and combinations thereof.

 金属酸化物粒子は、高屈折率材料の例として、二酸化チタン(TiO)、二酸化ジルコニウム(ZrO)、五酸化タンタル(Ta)等を挙げることができ、低屈折率材料の例として、二酸化ケイ素(SiO)、フッ化マグネシウム(MgF)等を挙げることができ、中屈折率材料の例として、酸化アルミニウム(Al)等を挙げることができる。これらの金属酸化物粒子を、蒸着法、スパッタ法などのドライ製膜法によって製膜させることができる。 Examples of the metal oxide particles may include titanium dioxide (TiO 2 ), zirconium dioxide (ZrO 2 ), tantalum pentoxide (Ta 2 O 5 ), and the like as examples of the high refractive index material. Examples thereof include silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ) and magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ). Examples of the medium refractive index material include aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3 ). These metal oxide particles can be formed by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method.

 誘電多層膜に含まれるポリマーには特に制限はなく、誘電多層膜を形成できるポリマーであれば特に制限されない。 The polymer contained in the dielectric multilayer film is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer capable of forming the dielectric multilayer film.

 例えば、ポリマーとしては、特表2002-509279号公報に記載のポリマーを用いることができる。具体例としては、例えば、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)およびその異性体(例えば、2,6-、1,4-、1,5-、2,7-および2,3-PEN)、ポリアルキレンテレフタレート(例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、およびポリ-1,4-シクロヘキサンジメチレンテレフタレート)、ポリイミド(例えば、ポリアクリルイミド)、ポリエーテルイミド、アタクチックポリスチレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリメタクリレート(例えば、ポリイソブチルメタクリレート、ポリプロピルメタクリレート、ポリエチルメタクリレート、およびポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA))、ポリアクリレート(例えば、ポリブチルアクリレート、およびポリメチルアクリレート)、セルロース誘導体(例えば、エチルセルロース、アセチルセルロース、セルロースプロピオネート、アセチルセルロースブチレート、および硝酸セルロース)、ポリアルキレンポリマー(例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリブチレン、ポリイソブチレン、およびポリ(4-メチル)ペンテン)、フッ素化ポリマー(例えば、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、フッ素化エチレンプロピレンコポリマー、ポリフッ化ビニリデン、およびポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン)、塩素化ポリマー(例えば、ポリ塩化ビニリデンおよびポリ塩化ビニル)、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリアミド、シリコーン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリエーテルアミド、アイオノマー樹脂、エラストマー(例えば、ポリブタジエン、ポリイソプレンおよびネオプレン)、およびポリウレタンが挙げられる。コポリマー、例えば、PENのコポリマー[例えば、(a)テレフタル酸もしくはそのエステル、(b)イソフタル酸もしくはそのエステル、(c)フタル酸もしくはそのエステル、(d)アルカングリコール、(e)シクロアルカングリコール(例えば、シクロヘキサンジメタノールジオール)、(f)アルカンジカルボン酸、および/または(g)シクロアルカンジカルボン酸(例えば、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸)と2,6-、1,4-、1,5-、2,7-、および/または2,3-ナフタレンジカルボン酸またはそれらのエステルとのコポリマー]、ポリアルキレンテレフタレートのコポリマー[例えば、(a)ナフタレンジカルボン酸もしくはそのエステル、(b)イソフタル酸もしくはそのエステル、(c)フタル酸もしくはそのエステル、(d)アルカングリコール、(e)シクロアルカングリコール(例えば、シクロヘキサンジメタノールジオール)、(f)アルカンジカルボン酸、および/または(g)シクロアルカンジカルボン酸(例えば、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸)と、テレフタル酸もしくはそのエステルとのコポリマー]、並びにスチレンコポリマー(例えば、スチレン-ブタジエンコポリマー、およびスチレン-アクリロニトリルコポリマー)、4,4-ビス安息香酸およびエチレングリコールも適している。さらに、各層はそれぞれ、2種またはそれ以上の上記のポリマーまたはコポリマーのブレンド(例えば、シンジオタクチックポリスチレン(SPS)とアタクチックポリスチレンとのブレンド)を包含してよい。 For example, as the polymer, a polymer described in JP-T-2002-509279 can be used. Specific examples include, for example, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) and its isomers (eg, 2,6-, 1,4-, 1,5-, 2,7- and 2,3-PEN), polyalkylene terephthalate (Eg, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate, and poly-1,4-cyclohexanedimethylene terephthalate), polyimide (eg, polyacrylimide), polyetherimide, atactic polystyrene, polycarbonate, polymethacrylate (eg, Polyisobutyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polyethyl methacrylate, and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)), polyacrylates (eg, polybutyl acrylate, and polymethyl acrylate), cellulose Derivatives (eg, ethylcellulose, acetylcellulose, cellulose propionate, acetylcellulose butyrate, and cellulose nitrate), polyalkylene polymers (eg, polyethylene, polypropylene, polybutylene, polyisobutylene, and poly (4-methyl) pentene), fluorine Chlorinated polymers (eg, perfluoroalkoxy resins, polytetrafluoroethylene, fluorinated ethylene propylene copolymers, polyvinylidene fluoride, and polychlorotrifluoroethylene), chlorinated polymers (eg, polyvinylidene chloride and polyvinyl chloride), polysulfones, Polyether sulfone, polyacrylonitrile, polyamide, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl acetate, polyether amide, ionomer resin Elastomers (e.g., polybutadiene, polyisoprene and neoprene), and polyurethanes. Copolymers such as copolymers of PEN [e.g. (a) terephthalic acid or ester thereof, (b) isophthalic acid or ester thereof, (c) phthalic acid or ester thereof, (d) alkane glycol, (e) cycloalkane glycol ( (E.g., cyclohexanedimethanoldiol), (f) alkanedicarboxylic acid, and / or (g) cycloalkanedicarboxylic acid (e.g., cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid) and 2,6-, 1,4-, 1,5-, 2, 7- and / or copolymers with 2,3-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid or esters thereof], copolymers of polyalkylene terephthalates [eg (a) naphthalenedicarboxylic acid or esters thereof, (b) isophthalic acid or esters thereof, ( c) phthalic acid or The ester, (d) alkane glycol, (e) cycloalkane glycol (eg, cyclohexanedimethanol diol), (f) alkane dicarboxylic acid, and / or (g) cycloalkane dicarboxylic acid (eg, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid); Also suitable are copolymers with terephthalic acid or esters thereof, and styrene copolymers (eg styrene-butadiene copolymers and styrene-acrylonitrile copolymers), 4,4-bisbenzoic acid and ethylene glycol. In addition, each layer may each include a blend of two or more of the above polymers or copolymers (eg, a blend of syndiotactic polystyrene (SPS) and atactic polystyrene).

 上記ポリマーを、米国特許第6,049,419号明細書に記載のように、ポリマーの溶融押出しおよび延伸により、誘電多層膜を形成することができる。本発明において、高屈折率層および低屈折率層を形成するポリマーの好ましい組み合わせとしては、PEN/PMMA、PEN/ポリフッ化ビニリデン、PEN/PETが挙げられる。 As described in US Pat. No. 6,049,419, a dielectric multilayer film can be formed by melt extrusion and stretching of the polymer. In the present invention, a preferred combination of polymers forming the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer includes PEN / PMMA, PEN / polyvinylidene fluoride, and PEN / PET.

 また、ポリマーとして、特開2010-184493号に記載のポリマーを用いてもよい。具体的には、ポリエステル(以下、ポリエステルAとも称する)と、エチレングリコール、スピログリコールおよびブチレングリコールの少なくとも3種のジオール由来の残基を含んでいるポリエステル(以下、ポリエステルBとも称する)とを、用いることができる。ポリエステルAは、ジカルボン酸成分とジオール成分とが重縮合して得られる構造を有するものであれば特に限定されず、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリプロピレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレート、ポリ-1,4-シクロヘキサンジメチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンジフェニルレートなどが挙げられる。ポリエステルAは共重合体であってもよい。ここで、共重合ポリエステルとは、ジカルボン酸成分とジオール成分が合わせて少なくとも3種以上用いて重縮合して得られる構造を有する。ジカルボン酸成分としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、フタル酸、1,4-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジフェニルジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンジカルボン酸、アジピン酸、セバシン酸、ダイマー酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸とそれらのエステル形成性誘導体などが挙げられる。グリコール成分としては、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ポリアルキレングリコール、2,2-ビス(4’-β-ヒドロキシエトキシフェニル)プロパン、イソソルベート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、スピログリコール、およびこれらのエステル形成性誘導体などが挙げられる。ポリエステルAは、ポリエチレンテレフタレートまたはポリエチレンナフタレートであることが好ましい。 Further, as the polymer, a polymer described in JP 2010-184493 may be used. Specifically, a polyester (hereinafter also referred to as polyester A) and a polyester (hereinafter also referred to as polyester B) containing residues derived from at least three diols of ethylene glycol, spiroglycol and butylene glycol, Can be used. Polyester A is not particularly limited as long as it has a structure obtained by polycondensation of a dicarboxylic acid component and a diol component. For example, polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate, Examples thereof include poly-1,4-cyclohexanedimethylene terephthalate and polyethylene diphenylate. Polyester A may be a copolymer. Here, the copolyester has a structure obtained by polycondensation using at least three or more dicarboxylic acid components and diol components. Examples of the dicarboxylic acid component include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 4,4′-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, Examples thereof include 4′-diphenylsulfone dicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, dimer acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid and ester-forming derivatives thereof. Examples of the glycol component include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentadiol, diethylene glycol, polyalkylene glycol, 2,2-bis (4 ′ -Β-hydroxyethoxyphenyl) propane, isosorbate, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, spiroglycol, and ester-forming derivatives thereof. Polyester A is preferably polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate.

 上記ポリエステルBは、エチレングリコール、スピログリコールおよびブチレングリコールの少なくとも3種のジオール由来の残基を含んでいる。典型的な例としては、エチレングリコール、スピログリコールおよびブチレングリコールを用いて共重合して得られる構造を有した共重合ポリエステルや該3種のジオールを用いて重合して得られる構造を有したポリエステルをブレンドして得られるポリエステルがある。この構成だと成形加工がしやすくかつ層間剥離もしにくいために好ましい。また、ポリエステルBが、テレフタル酸/シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸の少なくとも2種のジカルボン酸由来の残基を含むポリエステルであることが好ましい。このようなポリエステルには、テレフタル酸/シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸を共重合したコポリエステル、またはテレフタル酸残基を含むポリエステルとシクロヘキサンジカルボン酸残基を含むポリエステルをブレンドして得られるものがある。シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸残基を含んだポリエステルは、A層の面内平均屈折率とB層の面内平均屈折率との差が大きくなり、高反射率なものが得られる。また、ポリエチレンテレフタレートやポリエチレンナフタレートとのガラス転移温度差が小さいため、成形時に過延伸になることがなりにくく、かつ層間剥離もしにくいために好ましい。 The polyester B includes residues derived from at least three kinds of diols, ethylene glycol, spiroglycol and butylene glycol. Typical examples include copolymerized polyesters having a structure obtained by copolymerization using ethylene glycol, spiroglycol and butylene glycol, and polyesters having a structure obtained by polymerization using these three diols. There is polyester obtained by blending. This configuration is preferable because it is easy to form and difficult to delaminate. Moreover, it is preferable that the polyester B is a polyester containing residues derived from at least two dicarboxylic acids of terephthalic acid / cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid. Such polyesters include copolyesters copolymerized with terephthalic acid / cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, or those obtained by blending polyesters containing terephthalic acid residues and polyesters containing cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid residues. The polyester containing a cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid residue has a large difference between the in-plane average refractive index of the A layer and the in-plane average refractive index of the B layer, and a high reflectance is obtained. Moreover, since the glass transition temperature difference with polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate is small, it is difficult to be overstretched at the time of molding, and it is preferable that delamination is difficult.

 その他、ポリマーとして水溶性高分子を用いることも好ましい。すなわち、誘電多層膜は、水溶性高分子を含んでいると好ましい。水溶性高分子は、有機溶剤を用いないため、環境負荷が少なく、また、柔軟性が高いため、屈曲時の膜の耐久性が向上するため好ましい。水溶性高分子としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール類、ポリビニルピロリドン類、ポリアクリル酸、アクリル酸-アクリルニトリル共重合体、アクリル酸カリウム-アクリルニトリル共重合体、酢酸ビニル-アクリル酸エステル共重合体、若しくはアクリル酸-アクリル酸エステル共重合体などのアクリル系樹脂、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体、スチレン-メタクリル酸共重合体、スチレン-メタクリル酸-アクリル酸エステル共重合体、スチレン-α-メチルスチレン-アクリル酸共重合体、若しくはスチレン-α-メチルスチレン-アクリル酸-アクリル酸エステル共重合体などのスチレンアクリル酸樹脂、スチレン-スチレンスルホン酸ナトリウム共重合体、スチレン-2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート共重合体、スチレン-2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート-スチレンスルホン酸カリウム共重合体、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、スチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合体、ビニルナフタレン-アクリル酸共重合体、ビニルナフタレン-マレイン酸共重合体、酢酸ビニル-マレイン酸エステル共重合体、酢酸ビニル-クロトン酸共重合体、酢酸ビニル-アクリル酸共重合体などの酢酸ビニル系共重合体およびそれらの塩などの合成水溶性高分子;ゼラチン、増粘多糖類などの天然水溶性高分子などが挙げられる。これらの中で、特に好ましい例としては、製造時のハンドリングと膜の柔軟性の点から、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン類およびそれを含有する共重合体、ゼラチン、増粘多糖類(特にセルロース類)が挙げられる。これらの水溶性高分子は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上併用して用いてもよい。 In addition, it is also preferable to use a water-soluble polymer as the polymer. That is, the dielectric multilayer film preferably contains a water-soluble polymer. The water-soluble polymer is preferable because it does not use an organic solvent, has a low environmental load, and has high flexibility, so that the durability of the film during bending is improved. Examples of the water-soluble polymer include polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl pyrrolidones, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid-acrylonitrile copolymer, potassium acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer, vinyl acetate-acrylic ester copolymer, Or acrylic resin such as acrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, styrene-methacrylic acid copolymer, styrene-methacrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-α-methylstyrene -Styrene acrylic resin such as acrylic acid copolymer or styrene-α-methylstyrene-acrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-sodium styrenesulfonate copolymer, styrene-2-hydroxyethyl acrylate copolymer Coalescence, styrene-2 -Hydroxyethyl acrylate-potassium styrene sulfonate copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer, vinyl naphthalene-acrylic acid copolymer, vinyl naphthalene-maleic acid copolymer, vinyl acetate -Synthetic water-soluble polymers such as maleic acid ester copolymers, vinyl acetate-crotonic acid copolymers, vinyl acetate-based copolymers such as vinyl acetate-acrylic acid copolymers and their salts; gelatin, thickened And natural water-soluble polymers such as saccharides. Among these, particularly preferable examples include polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidones and copolymers containing them, gelatin, thickening polysaccharides (particularly celluloses) from the viewpoint of handling during production and film flexibility. Is mentioned. These water-soluble polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 本発明で好ましく用いられるポリビニルアルコールには、ポリ酢酸ビニルを加水分解して得られる通常のポリビニルアルコールの他に、変性ポリビニルアルコールも含まれる。変性ポリビニルアルコールとしては、カチオン変性ポリビニルアルコール、アニオン変性ポリビニルアルコール、ノニオン変性ポリビニルアルコール、ビニルアルコール系ポリマーが挙げられる。 The polyvinyl alcohol preferably used in the present invention includes modified polyvinyl alcohol in addition to ordinary polyvinyl alcohol obtained by hydrolyzing polyvinyl acetate. Examples of the modified polyvinyl alcohol include cation-modified polyvinyl alcohol, anion-modified polyvinyl alcohol, nonion-modified polyvinyl alcohol, and vinyl alcohol polymers.

 酢酸ビニルを加水分解して得られるポリビニルアルコールは、平均重合度が800以上のものが好ましく用いられ、特に平均重合度が1,000~5,000のものが好ましく用いられる。また、ケン化度は、70~100モル%のものが好ましく、80~99.5モル%のものが特に好ましい。 The polyvinyl alcohol obtained by hydrolyzing vinyl acetate preferably has an average degree of polymerization of 800 or more, and particularly preferably has an average degree of polymerization of 1,000 to 5,000. The degree of saponification is preferably 70 to 100 mol%, particularly preferably 80 to 99.5 mol%.

 カチオン変性ポリビニルアルコールとしては、例えば、特開昭61-10483号公報に記載されているような、第一~三級アミノ基や第四級アンモニウム基を上記ポリビニルアルコールの主鎖または側鎖中に有するポリビニルアルコールであり、カチオン性基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体と酢酸ビニルとの共重合体をケン化することにより得られる。 Examples of the cation-modified polyvinyl alcohol include primary to tertiary amino groups and quaternary ammonium groups in the main chain or side chain of the polyvinyl alcohol as described in, for example, JP-A-61-110483. It is obtained by saponifying a copolymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a cationic group and vinyl acetate.

 カチオン性基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体としては、例えば、トリメチル-(2-アクリルアミド-2,2-ジメチルエチル)アンモニウムクロライド、トリメチル-(3-アクリルアミド-3,3-ジメチルプロピル)アンモニウムクロライド、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニル-2-メチルイミダゾール、N-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)メタクリルアミド、ヒドロキシルエチルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、トリメチル-(2-メタクリルアミドプロピル)アンモニウムクロライド、N-(1,1-ジメチル-3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。カチオン変性ポリビニルアルコールのカチオン変性基含有単量体の比率は、酢酸ビニルに対して好ましくは0.1~10モル%、より好ましくは0.2~5モル%である。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a cationic group include trimethyl- (2-acrylamido-2,2-dimethylethyl) ammonium chloride and trimethyl- (3-acrylamido-3,3-dimethylpropyl) ammonium chloride. N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyl-2-methylimidazole, N- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) methacrylamide, hydroxylethyltrimethylammonium chloride, trimethyl- (2-methacrylamidopropyl) ammonium chloride, N- (1, And 1-dimethyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl) acrylamide. The ratio of the cation-modified group-containing monomer in the cation-modified polyvinyl alcohol is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol%, more preferably 0.2 to 5 mol%, relative to vinyl acetate.

 アニオン変性ポリビニルアルコールとしては、例えば、特開平1-206088号公報に記載されているようなアニオン性基を有するポリビニルアルコール、特開昭61-237681号公報および特開昭63-307979号公報に記載されているような、ビニルアルコールと水溶性基を有するビニル化合物との共重合体、および特開平7-285265号公報に記載されているような水溶性基を有する変性ポリビニルアルコールが挙げられる。 Examples of the anion-modified polyvinyl alcohol include polyvinyl alcohol having an anionic group as described in JP-A-1-206088, JP-A-61-237681 and JP-A-63-307979. Examples thereof include a copolymer of vinyl alcohol and a vinyl compound having a water-soluble group, and a modified polyvinyl alcohol having a water-soluble group as described in JP-A-7-285265.

 また、ノニオン変性ポリビニルアルコールとしては、例えば、特開平7-9758号公報に記載されているようなポリアルキレンオキサイド基をビニルアルコールの一部に付加したポリビニルアルコール誘導体、特開平8-25795号公報に記載されているような疎水性基を有するビニル化合物とビニルアルコールとのブロック共重合体、シラノール基を有するシラノール変性ポリビニルアルコール、アセトアセチル基やカルボニル基、カルボキシル基などの反応性基を有する反応性基変性ポリビニルアルコール等が挙げられる。またビニルアルコール系ポリマーとして、エクセバール(登録商標、株式会社クラレ製)やニチゴーGポリマー(商品名、日本合成化学工業株式会社製)などが挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコールは、重合度や変性の種類違いなど2種類以上を併用することもできる。 Nonionic modified polyvinyl alcohol includes, for example, a polyvinyl alcohol derivative in which a polyalkylene oxide group is added to a part of vinyl alcohol as described in JP-A-7-9758, and JP-A-8-25795. Block copolymer of vinyl compound having hydrophobic group and vinyl alcohol as described, silanol modified polyvinyl alcohol having silanol group, reactivity having reactive group such as acetoacetyl group, carbonyl group, carboxyl group Examples thereof include group-modified polyvinyl alcohol. Examples of the vinyl alcohol-based polymer include EXEVAL (registered trademark, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) and Nichigo G polymer (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Polyvinyl alcohol can be used in combination of two or more, such as the degree of polymerization and the type of modification.

 本発明で用いられるゼラチンとしては、石灰処理ゼラチンのほか、酸処理ゼラチンを使用してもよく、さらにゼラチンの加水分解物、ゼラチンの酵素分解物を用いることもできる。 As the gelatin used in the present invention, in addition to lime-processed gelatin, acid-processed gelatin may be used, and further, a hydrolyzate of gelatin and an enzyme-decomposed product of gelatin can be used.

 本発明で用いられる増粘多糖類としては、例えば、一般に知られている天然単純多糖類、天然複合多糖類、合成単純多糖類及び合成複合多糖類に挙げることができ、これら多糖類の詳細については、「生化学事典(第2版),東京化学同人出版」、「食品工業」第31巻(1988)21頁等を参照することができる。 Examples of the thickening polysaccharide used in the present invention can include, for example, generally known natural simple polysaccharides, natural complex polysaccharides, synthetic simple polysaccharides, and synthetic complex polysaccharides. Details of these polysaccharides Can refer to “Biochemical Encyclopedia (2nd edition), Tokyo Chemical Doujin Publishing”, “Food Industry”, Vol. 31 (1988), p. 21.

 本発明でいう増粘多糖類とは、糖類の重合体であり分子内に水素結合基を多数有するもので、温度により分子間の水素結合力の違いにより、低温時の粘度と高温時の粘度差が大きな特性を備えた多糖類であり、さらに金属酸化物微粒子を添加すると、低温時にその金属酸化物微粒子との水素結合によると思われる粘度上昇を起こすものである。その粘度上昇幅は、添加することにより40℃における粘度が好ましくは1.0mPa・s以上の上昇を生じる多糖類であり、より好ましくは5.0mPa・s以上であり、さらに好ましくは10.0mPa・s以上の粘度上昇能を備えた多糖類である。 The thickening polysaccharide referred to in the present invention is a polymer of saccharides and has many hydrogen bonding groups in the molecule, and the viscosity at low temperature and the viscosity at high temperature due to the difference in hydrogen bonding force between molecules depending on the temperature. It is a polysaccharide with a large difference in characteristics. When metal oxide fine particles are further added, the viscosity is increased due to hydrogen bonding with the metal oxide fine particles at low temperatures. The viscosity increase width is a polysaccharide which, when added, causes the viscosity at 40 ° C. to rise preferably 1.0 mPa · s or more, more preferably 5.0 mPa · s or more, and even more preferably 10.0 mPa · s. -A polysaccharide having a viscosity increasing ability of s or more.

 本発明に適用可能な増粘多糖類としては、例えば、β1-4グルカン(例えば、カルボキシメチルセルロース、カルボキシエチルセルロース等)、ガラクタン(例えば、アガロース、アガロペクチン等)、ガラクトマンノグリカン(例えば、ローカストビーンガム、グアラン等)、キシログルカン(例えば、タマリンドガム等)、グルコマンノグリカン(例えば、蒟蒻マンナン、木材由来グルコマンナン、キサンタンガム等)、ガラクトグルコマンノグリカン(例えば、針葉樹材由来グリカン)、アラビノガラクトグリカン(例えば、大豆由来グリカン、微生物由来グリカン等)、グルコラムノグリカン(例えば、ジェランガム等)、グリコサミノグリカン(例えば、ヒアルロン酸、ケラタン硫酸等)、アルギン酸およびアルギン酸塩、寒天、κ-カラギーナン、λ-カラギーナン、ι-カラギーナン、ファーセレラン等の紅藻類に由来する天然高分子多糖類等が挙げられる。特に、後述するような金属酸化物粒子を含有する場合には、金属酸化微粒子の分散安定性を低下させない観点から、好ましくは、その構成単位がカルボキシル基やスルホキシル基を有しないものが好ましい。その様な多糖類としては、例えば、L-アラビトース、D-リボース、2-デオキシリボース、D-キシロースなどのペントース、D-グルコース、D-フルクトース、D-マンノース、D-ガラクトースなどのヘキソースのみからなる多糖類であることが好ましい。具体的には、主鎖がグルコースであり、側鎖がキシロースであるキシログルカンとして知られるタマリンドシードガムや、主鎖がマンノースで側鎖がガラクトースであるガラクトマンナンとして知られるグアーガム、ローカストビーンガム、タラガムや、主鎖がガラクトースで側鎖がアラビノースであるアラビノガラクタンを好ましく使用することができる。 Examples of the thickening polysaccharide applicable to the present invention include β1-4 glucan (eg, carboxymethylcellulose, carboxyethylcellulose, etc.), galactan (eg, agarose, agaropectin, etc.), galactomannoglycan (eg, locust bean gum). , Guaran, etc.), xyloglucan (eg, tamarind gum, etc.), glucomannoglycan (eg, salmon mannan, wood-derived glucomannan, xanthan gum, etc.), galactoglucomannoglycan (eg, softwood-derived glycan), arabino Galactoglycans (for example, soybean-derived glycans, microbial-derived glycans, etc.), glucoraminoglycans (for example, gellan gum), glycosaminoglycans (for example, hyaluronic acid, keratan sulfate, etc.), alginic acid and alginate, cold , .Kappa.-carrageenan, lambda-carrageenan, iota-carrageenan, natural polymer and polysaccharides derived from red algae such as furcellaran. In particular, in the case of containing metal oxide particles as described later, from the viewpoint of not reducing the dispersion stability of the metal oxide fine particles, it is preferable that the structural unit does not have a carboxyl group or a sulfoxyl group. Such polysaccharides include, for example, pentoses such as L-arabitose, D-ribose, 2-deoxyribose, and D-xylose, and hexoses such as D-glucose, D-fructose, D-mannose, and D-galactose only. It is preferable that it is a polysaccharide. Specifically, tamarind seed gum known as xyloglucan whose main chain is glucose and side chain is xylose, guar gum known as galactomannan whose main chain is mannose and side chain is galactose, locust bean gum, Tara gum or arabinogalactan whose main chain is galactose and whose side chain is arabinose can be preferably used.

 本発明においては、二種類以上の増粘多糖類を併用してもよい。 In the present invention, two or more thickening polysaccharides may be used in combination.

 水溶性高分子の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、3,000~40,000がより好ましい。なお、本明細書において、重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて、下記表1に示す測定条件下で測定した値を採用する。 The weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 40,000. In addition, in this specification, the value measured on the measurement conditions shown in following Table 1 using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is employ | adopted for a weight average molecular weight.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005

 本発明においては、水溶性高分子を硬化させるため、硬化剤を使用してもよい。 In the present invention, a curing agent may be used to cure the water-soluble polymer.

 本発明に適用可能な硬化剤としては、水溶性高分子と硬化反応を起こすものであれば特に制限はないが、水溶性高分子がポリビニルアルコールの場合には、ホウ酸およびその塩が好ましいが、その他にも公知のものが使用でき、一般的には水溶性高分子と反応し得る基を有する化合物あるいは水溶性高分子が有する異なる基同士の反応を促進するような化合物であり、水溶性高分子の種類に応じて適宜選択して用いられる。硬化剤のホウ酸およびその塩以外の具体例としては、例えば、エポキシ系硬化剤(ジグリシジルエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ジグリシジルシクロヘキサン、N,N-ジグリシジル-4-グリシジルオキシアニリン、ソルビトールポリグリシジルエーテル、グリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル等)、アルデヒド系硬化剤(ホルムアルデヒド、グリオキザール等)、活性ハロゲン系硬化剤(2,4-ジクロロ-4-ヒドロキシ-1,3,5-s-トリアジン等)、活性ビニル系化合物(1,3,5-トリス-アクリロイル-ヘキサヒドロ-s-トリアジン、ビスビニルスルホニルメチルエーテル等)、アルミニウム明礬等が挙げられる。 The curing agent applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it causes a curing reaction with a water-soluble polymer. However, when the water-soluble polymer is polyvinyl alcohol, boric acid and its salt are preferable. In addition, other known compounds can be used and are generally compounds having groups capable of reacting with water-soluble polymers or compounds that promote the reaction between different groups of water-soluble polymers. It is appropriately selected according to the type of polymer. Specific examples of the curing agent other than boric acid and its salts include, for example, epoxy curing agents (diglycidyl ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-diglycidyl cyclohexane). N, N-diglycidyl-4-glycidyloxyaniline, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, glycerol polyglycidyl ether, etc.), aldehyde curing agents (formaldehyde, glioxal, etc.), active halogen curing agents (2,4-dichloro-4-) Hydroxy-1,3,5-s-triazine, etc.), active vinyl compounds (1,3,5-tris-acryloyl-hexahydro-s-triazine, bisvinylsulfonylmethyl ether, etc.), aluminum alum and the like.

 水溶性高分子がゼラチンの場合には、例えば、ビニルスルホン化合物、尿素-ホルマリン縮合物、メラニン-ホルマリン縮合物、エポキシ系化合物、アジリジン系化合物、活性オレフィン類、イソシアネート系化合物などの有機硬膜剤、クロム、アルミニウム、ジルコニウムなどの無機多価金属塩類などを挙げることができる。 When the water-soluble polymer is gelatin, for example, organic hardeners such as vinylsulfone compounds, urea-formalin condensates, melanin-formalin condensates, epoxy compounds, aziridine compounds, active olefins, isocyanate compounds, etc. Inorganic polyvalent metal salts such as chromium, aluminum and zirconium.

 なお、上記ポリマーが共重合体である場合の共重合体の形態は、ブロック共重合体、ランダム共重合体、グラフト共重合体、交互共重合体のいずれであってもよい。 The form of the copolymer when the polymer is a copolymer may be any of a block copolymer, a random copolymer, a graft copolymer, and an alternating copolymer.

 誘電多層膜の好適な形態は、大面積化が可能であり、コスト的に安価となること、また屈曲時や高温高湿時の膜の耐久性が向上することからポリマーを用いることが好ましく、誘電多層膜がポリマーのみで構成される形態の他に、誘電多層膜がポリマーと金属酸化物粒子とを含む形態であることがさらに好ましい。 A preferred form of the dielectric multilayer film is preferably a polymer because the area can be increased, the cost is low, and the durability of the film at the time of bending and high temperature and high humidity is improved. In addition to the form in which the dielectric multilayer film is composed only of the polymer, the dielectric multilayer film is more preferably in a form containing a polymer and metal oxide particles.

 ポリマーに加えて金属酸化物粒子を含有する形態について説明する。誘電多層膜が金属酸化物粒子を含有することにより、各屈折率層間の屈折率差を大きくすることができ、積層数が低減されることでフィルムの透明度を上げることが出来るため好ましい。また、応力緩和が働き、膜物性(屈曲時および高温高湿時の屈曲性)が向上する等の利点がある。金属酸化物粒子は、誘電多層膜を構成するいずれかの膜に含有させればよいが、好適な形態は、少なくとも高屈折率層が金属酸化物粒子を含み、より好適な形態は高屈折率層および低屈折率層のいずれもが金属酸化物粒子を含む形態である。すなわち、高屈折率層および低屈折率層は、金属酸化物粒子を含んでいると好ましい。 The form containing metal oxide particles in addition to the polymer will be described. It is preferable that the dielectric multilayer film contains metal oxide particles because the refractive index difference between the refractive index layers can be increased and the transparency of the film can be increased by reducing the number of layers. In addition, there is an advantage that stress relaxation works and film properties (flexibility at the time of bending and high temperature and high humidity) are improved. The metal oxide particles may be contained in any of the films constituting the dielectric multilayer film. However, a preferable form is that at least the high refractive index layer includes metal oxide particles, and a more preferable form is a high refractive index. Both the layer and the low refractive index layer are in a form containing metal oxide particles. That is, it is preferable that the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer contain metal oxide particles.

 金属酸化物粒子としては、例えば、二酸化チタン、二酸化ジルコニウム、五酸化タンタル、酸化亜鉛、二酸化ケイ素(合成非晶質シリカ、コロイダルシリカ等)、アルミナ、コロイダルアルミナ、チタン酸鉛、鉛丹、黄鉛、亜鉛黄、酸化クロム、酸化第二鉄、鉄黒、酸化銅、酸化マグネシウム、水酸化マグネシウム、フッ化マグネシウム、チタン酸ストロンチウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化ニオブ、酸化ユーロピウム、酸化ランタン、ジルコン、酸化スズ等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the metal oxide particles include titanium dioxide, zirconium dioxide, tantalum pentoxide, zinc oxide, silicon dioxide (synthetic amorphous silica, colloidal silica, etc.), alumina, colloidal alumina, lead titanate, red lead, yellow lead. , Zinc yellow, chromium oxide, ferric oxide, iron black, copper oxide, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium fluoride, strontium titanate, yttrium oxide, niobium oxide, europium oxide, lanthanum oxide, zircon, tin oxide, etc. Can be mentioned.

 金属酸化物粒子は、平均粒径が100nm以下であることが好ましく、4~50nmがより好ましく、5~40nmであることがさらに好ましい。金属酸化物粒子の平均粒径は、粒子そのものあるいは層の断面や表面に現れた粒子を電子顕微鏡で観察し、1,000個の任意の粒子の粒径を測定し、その単純平均値(個数平均)として求められる。ここで個々の粒子の粒径は、その投影面積に等しい円を仮定したときの直径で表したものである。 The metal oxide particles preferably have an average particle size of 100 nm or less, more preferably 4 to 50 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 40 nm. The average particle size of the metal oxide particles is determined by observing the particles themselves or the particles appearing on the cross section or surface of the layer with an electron microscope and measuring the particle size of 1,000 arbitrary particles. Average). Here, the particle diameter of each particle is represented by a diameter assuming a circle equal to the projected area.

 各屈折率層における金属酸化物粒子の含有量は、屈折率層の全質量に対して、20~90質量%であることが好ましく、40~75質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the metal oxide particles in each refractive index layer is preferably 20 to 90% by mass and more preferably 40 to 75% by mass with respect to the total mass of the refractive index layer.

 金属酸化物粒子としては、二酸化チタン、二酸化ケイ素、およびアルミナから選ばれる固体微粒子を用いることが好ましい。 As the metal oxide particles, it is preferable to use solid fine particles selected from titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and alumina.

 低屈折率層においては、金属酸化物粒子として二酸化ケイ素(シリカ)を用いることが好ましく、酸性のコロイダルシリカゾルを用いることがより好ましい。 In the low refractive index layer, it is preferable to use silicon dioxide (silica) as the metal oxide particles, and it is more preferable to use acidic colloidal silica sol.

 (二酸化ケイ素)
 本発明で用いることができる二酸化ケイ素(シリカ)としては、通常の湿式法で合成されたシリカ、コロイダルシリカ或いは気相法で合成されたシリカ等が好ましく挙げられるが、本発明において、特に好ましく用いられる微粒子シリカとしては、コロイダルシリカまたは気相法で合成された微粒子シリカが挙げられる。
(Silicon dioxide)
Preferred examples of silicon dioxide (silica) that can be used in the present invention include silica synthesized by an ordinary wet method, colloidal silica, silica synthesized by a gas phase method, and the like. Examples of the fine particle silica include colloidal silica and fine particle silica synthesized by a gas phase method.

 金属酸化物粒子は、カチオン性ポリマーと混合する前の微粒子分散液が一次粒子まで分散された状態であるのが好ましい。 The metal oxide particles are preferably in a state where the fine particle dispersion before mixing with the cationic polymer is dispersed to the primary particles.

 例えば、上記気相法微粒子シリカの場合、一次粒子の状態で分散された金属酸化物微粒子の一次粒子の平均粒径(塗設前の分散液状態での粒径)は、100nm以下のものが好ましく、より好ましくは4~50nm、さらに好ましくは4~20nmである。 For example, in the case of the gas phase method fine particle silica, the average particle size (particle size in the dispersion state before coating) of the metal oxide fine particles dispersed in the primary particle state is 100 nm or less. It is preferably 4 to 50 nm, more preferably 4 to 20 nm.

 さらに好ましく用いられる、一次粒子の平均粒径が4~20nmである気相法により合成されたシリカとしては、例えば、日本アエロジル社製のアエロジルが市販されている。この気相法微粒子シリカは、水中に、例えば、三田村理研工業株式会社製のジェットストリームインダクターミキサーなどにより、容易に吸引分散することで、比較的容易に一次粒子まで分散することができる。 As the silica synthesized by the vapor phase method in which the average particle diameter of primary particles is 4 to 20 nm, for example, Aerosil manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. is commercially available. The vapor phase fine particle silica can be dispersed to primary particles relatively easily by being sucked and dispersed in water, for example, by a jet stream inductor mixer manufactured by Mitamura Riken Kogyo Co., Ltd.

 該気相法シリカとして現在市販されているものとしては、日本アエロジル社の各種のアエロジルが該当する。 As the gas phase method silica currently marketed, various types of Aerosil manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. are applicable.

 本発明で好ましく用いられるコロイダルシリカは、珪酸ナトリウムの酸等による複分解やイオン交換樹脂層を通過させて得られるシリカゾルを加熱熟成して得られるものである。 The colloidal silica preferably used in the present invention is obtained by heating and aging a silica sol obtained by metathesis with an acid of sodium silicate or the like and passing through an ion exchange resin layer.

 コロイダルシリカの好ましい平均粒径は、通常は5~100nmであるが、7~30nmの平均粒子径がより好ましい。 The preferable average particle size of colloidal silica is usually 5 to 100 nm, but an average particle size of 7 to 30 nm is more preferable.

 気相法により合成されたシリカおよびコロイダルシリカは、その表面をカチオン変成されたものであってもよく、また、Al、Ca、MgおよびBa等で処理された物であってもよい。 Silica and colloidal silica synthesized by a vapor phase method may be those whose surfaces are cation-modified, or those treated with Al, Ca, Mg, Ba, or the like.

 高屈折率層に含有される金属酸化物粒子としては、TiO、ZnO、ZrOが好ましく、高屈折率層を形成するための後述の金属酸化物粒子含有組成物の安定性の観点ではTiO(二酸化チタンゾル)がより好ましい。また、TiOの中でも特にアナターゼ型よりルチル型の方が、触媒活性が低いために高屈折率層や隣接した層の耐候性が高くなり、さらに屈折率が高いことから好ましい。 As the metal oxide particles contained in the high refractive index layer, TiO 2 , ZnO, and ZrO 2 are preferable. From the viewpoint of stability of the metal oxide particle-containing composition described later for forming the high refractive index layer, TiO 2 is used. 2 (titanium dioxide sol) is more preferable. Of TiO 2 , rutile type is more preferable than anatase type because the high refractive index layer and the adjacent layer have high weather resistance due to low catalytic activity, and the refractive index is high.

 (二酸化チタン)
 二酸化チタンゾルの製造方法
 ルチル型微粒子二酸化チタンの製造方法における第1の工程は、二酸化チタン水和物をアルカリ金属の水酸化物およびアルカリ土類金属の水酸化物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の塩基性化合物で処理する工程(工程(1))である。
(titanium dioxide)
Method for Producing Titanium Dioxide Sol The first step in the method for producing rutile-type fine particle titanium dioxide is at least one selected from titanium dioxide hydrate selected from the group consisting of hydroxides of alkali metals and alkaline earth metals. This is a step of treating with a basic compound (step (1)).

 二酸化チタン水和物は、硫酸チタン、塩化チタン等の水溶性チタン化合物の加水分解によって得ることができる。加水分解の方法は特に限定されず、公知の方法を適用することができる。なかでも、硫酸チタンの熱加水分解によって得られたものであることが好ましい。 Titanium dioxide hydrate can be obtained by hydrolysis of water-soluble titanium compounds such as titanium sulfate and titanium chloride. The method of hydrolysis is not particularly limited, and a known method can be applied. Especially, it is preferable that it was obtained by thermal hydrolysis of titanium sulfate.

 上記工程(1)は、例えば、上記二酸化チタン水和物の水性懸濁液に、上記塩基性化合物を添加し、所定温度の条件下において、所定時間処理する(反応させる)ことにより行うことができる。 The step (1) can be performed, for example, by adding the basic compound to an aqueous suspension of the titanium dioxide hydrate and treating (reacting) it under a predetermined temperature condition for a predetermined time. it can.

 上記二酸化チタン水和物を水性懸濁液とする方法は特に限定されず、水に上記二酸化チタン水和物を添加して攪拌することによって行うことができる。懸濁液の濃度は特に限定されないが、例えば、TiO濃度が懸濁液中に30~150g/Lとなる濃度であることが好ましい。上記範囲内とすることによって、反応(処理)を効率よく進行させることができる。 The method for preparing the titanium dioxide hydrate as an aqueous suspension is not particularly limited, and can be performed by adding the titanium dioxide hydrate to water and stirring. The concentration of the suspension is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferable that the concentration of TiO 2 is 30 to 150 g / L in the suspension. By setting it within the above range, the reaction (treatment) can proceed efficiently.

 上記工程(1)において使用するアルカリ金属の水酸化物及びアルカリ土類金属の水酸化物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の塩基性化合物としては特に限定されず、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カルシウム等を挙げることができる。上記工程(1)における上記塩基性化合物の添加量は、反応(処理)懸濁液中の塩基性化合物濃度で30~300g/Lであることが好ましい。 The at least one basic compound selected from the group consisting of alkali metal hydroxides and alkaline earth metal hydroxides used in the step (1) is not particularly limited. Examples include potassium, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, and the like. The amount of the basic compound added in the step (1) is preferably 30 to 300 g / L in terms of the basic compound concentration in the reaction (treatment) suspension.

 上記工程(1)は、60~120℃の反応(処理)温度で行うことが好ましい。反応(処理)時間は、反応(処理)温度によって異なるが、2~10時間であることが好ましい。反応(処理)は、二酸化チタン水和物の懸濁液に、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カルシウムの水溶液を添加することによって行うことが好ましい。反応(処理)後、反応(処理)混合物を冷却し、必要に応じて塩酸等の無機酸で中和した後、濾過、水洗することによって二酸化チタン水和物微粒子を得ることができる。 The above step (1) is preferably performed at a reaction (treatment) temperature of 60 to 120 ° C. The reaction (treatment) time varies depending on the reaction (treatment) temperature, but is preferably 2 to 10 hours. The reaction (treatment) is preferably performed by adding an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, or calcium hydroxide to a suspension of titanium dioxide hydrate. After the reaction (treatment), the reaction (treatment) mixture is cooled, neutralized with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid as necessary, and then filtered and washed to obtain titanium dioxide hydrate fine particles.

 また、第2の工程(工程(2))として、上記工程(1)によって得られた化合物をカルボキシル基含有化合物および無機酸で処理してもよい。ルチル型二酸化チタン微粒子の製造において上記工程(1)によって得られた化合物を無機酸で処理する方法は公知の方法であるが、無機酸に加えてカルボキシル基含有化合物を使用して、粒子径を調整することができる。 Further, as the second step (step (2)), the compound obtained in the step (1) may be treated with a carboxyl group-containing compound and an inorganic acid. In the production of rutile titanium dioxide fine particles, the method of treating the compound obtained in the above step (1) with an inorganic acid is a known method, but in addition to the inorganic acid, a carboxyl group-containing compound is used to reduce the particle size. Can be adjusted.

 上記カルボキシル基含有化合物は、-COOH基を有する有機化合物である。上記カルボキシル基含有化合物としては、好ましくは2以上、より好ましくは2以上4以下のカルボキシル基を有するポリカルボン酸であることが好ましい。上記ポリカルボン酸は、金属原子への配位能を有することから、配位によって微粒子間の凝集を抑制し、これによって好適にルチル型二酸化チタン微粒子を得ることができるものと推測される。 The carboxyl group-containing compound is an organic compound having a —COOH group. The carboxyl group-containing compound is preferably a polycarboxylic acid having 2 or more, more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less carboxyl groups. Since the polycarboxylic acid has a coordination ability to a metal atom, it is presumed that the rutile titanium dioxide fine particles can be suitably obtained by suppressing aggregation between the fine particles by coordination.

 上記カルボキシル基含有化合物としては特に限定されず、例えば、蓚酸、マロン酸、琥珀酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、プロピルマロン酸、マレイン酸等のジカルボン酸;リンゴ酸、酒石酸、クエン酸等のヒドロキシ多価カルボン酸;フタル酸、イソフタル酸、ヘミメリト酸、トリメリト酸等の芳香族ポリカルボン酸;エチレンジアミン四酢酸等を挙げることができる。これらのなかから、2種以上の化合物を同時に併用するものであってもよい。 The carboxyl group-containing compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dicarboxylic acids such as succinic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, propylmalonic acid, and maleic acid; and hydroxy compounds such as malic acid, tartaric acid, and citric acid. Carboxylic acids; aromatic polycarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, hemimellitic acid, trimellitic acid; ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid. Among these, two or more compounds may be used in combination.

 なお、上記カルボキシル基含有化合物の全部または一部は、-COOH基を有する有機化合物の中和物(例えば、-COONa基等を有する有機化合物)であってもよい。 Note that all or part of the carboxyl group-containing compound may be a neutralized product of an organic compound having a —COOH group (for example, an organic compound having a —COONa group or the like).

 上記無機酸としては特に限定されず、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、硝酸等を挙げることができる。上記無機酸は、反応(処理)用液中の濃度が0.5~2.5モル/L、より好ましくは0.8~1.4モル/Lになるように加えるとよい。 The inorganic acid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid and the like. The inorganic acid may be added so that the concentration in the reaction (treatment) solution is 0.5 to 2.5 mol / L, more preferably 0.8 to 1.4 mol / L.

 上記工程(2)は、上記工程(1)によって得られた化合物を純水中に懸濁させ、攪拌下、必要に応じて加熱して行うことが好ましい。カルボキシル基含有化合物および無機酸の添加は同時であっても順次添加するものであってもよいが、順次添加することが好ましい。添加は、カルボキシル基含有化合物添加後に無機酸を添加するものであっても、無機酸添加後にカルボキシル基含有化合物を添加するものであってもよい。 The step (2) is preferably performed by suspending the compound obtained in the step (1) in pure water and heating it with stirring as necessary. Although the carboxyl group-containing compound and the inorganic acid may be added simultaneously or sequentially, it is preferable to add them sequentially. The addition may be an addition of an inorganic acid after the addition of the carboxyl group-containing compound or an addition of the carboxyl group-containing compound after the addition of the inorganic acid.

 例えば、上記工程(1)によって得られた化合物の懸濁液中にカルボキシル基含有化合物を添加し、加熱を開始し、液温が好ましくは60℃以上、より好ましくは90℃以上になったところで無機酸を添加し、液温を維持しつつ、好ましくは15分~5時間、より好ましくは2~3時間攪拌する方法(方法1);上記工程(1)によって得られた化合物の懸濁液中を加熱し、液温が好ましくは60℃以上、より好ましくは90℃以上になったところで無機酸を添加し、無機酸添加から10~15分後にカルボキシル基含有化合物を添加し、液温を維持しつつ、好ましくは15分~5時間、より好ましくは2~3時間攪拌する方法(方法2)等を挙げることができる。これらの方法によって行うことにより、好適な微粒子状のルチル型二酸化チタンを得ることができる。 For example, a carboxyl group-containing compound is added to the suspension of the compound obtained by the above step (1), heating is started, and the liquid temperature is preferably 60 ° C. or higher, more preferably 90 ° C. or higher. A method in which an inorganic acid is added and stirring is performed for 15 minutes to 5 hours, more preferably 2 to 3 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature (Method 1); Suspension of the compound obtained by the above step (1) The inside is heated, and when the liquid temperature is preferably 60 ° C. or higher, more preferably 90 ° C. or higher, an inorganic acid is added, and a carboxyl group-containing compound is added 10 to 15 minutes after the inorganic acid is added. A method (method 2) of stirring for 15 minutes to 5 hours, more preferably 2 to 3 hours, while maintaining, can be mentioned. By carrying out these methods, a suitable fine particle rutile type titanium dioxide can be obtained.

 上記工程(2)を上記方法1によって行う場合、上記カルボキシル基含有化合物は、TiO100モル%に対し0.25~1.5モル%使用するものであることが好ましく、0.4~0.8モル%の割合で使用することがより好ましい。カルボキシル基含有化合物の添加量が上記範囲であれば、目的とする粒子サイズの粒子が得られ、粒子のルチル化がより効率的に進む。 When the step (2) is carried out by the method 1, the carboxyl group-containing compound is preferably used in an amount of 0.25 to 1.5 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of TiO 2 , and 0.4 to 0 More preferably, it is used in a proportion of 8 mol%. If the addition amount of the carboxyl group-containing compound is within the above range, particles having the target particle size can be obtained, and the rutileization of the particles can proceed more efficiently.

 上記工程(2)を上記方法2によって行う場合、上記カルボキシル基含有化合物は、TiO100モル%に対し1.6~4.0モル%使用するものであることが好ましく、2.0~2.4モル%の割合で使用することがより好ましい。 When the step (2) is performed by the method 2, the carboxyl group-containing compound is preferably used in an amount of 1.6 to 4.0 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of TiO 2 , and is preferably 2.0 to 2 More preferably, it is used in a proportion of 4 mol%.

 カルボキシル基含有化合物の添加量が上記範囲であれば、目的とする粒子サイズの粒子が得られ、粒子のルチル化がより効率的に進行し、また経済的にも有利である。また、上記カルボキシル基含有化合物の添加を無機酸添加から10~15分後に行えば、粒子のルチル化が効率的に進行し、目的とする粒子サイズの粒子が得られる。 If the addition amount of the carboxyl group-containing compound is in the above range, particles having the target particle size can be obtained, and the rutileization of the particles can proceed more efficiently and is economically advantageous. Further, if the carboxyl group-containing compound is added 10 to 15 minutes after the addition of the inorganic acid, the rutileization of the particles proceeds efficiently, and particles having the desired particle size can be obtained.

 上記工程(2)においては、反応(処理)終了後冷却し、さらにpH5.0~pH10.0になるように中和することが好ましい。上記中和は、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液やアンモニア水等のアルカリ性化合物によって行うことができる。中和後に濾過、水洗することによって目的のルチル型二酸化チタン微粒子を分離することができる。 In the above step (2), it is preferable to cool after completion of the reaction (treatment) and further neutralize to pH 5.0 to 10.0. The neutralization can be performed with an alkaline compound such as an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution or aqueous ammonia. The target rutile titanium dioxide fine particles can be separated by filtering and washing with water after neutralization.

 また、二酸化チタン微粒子の製造方法として、「酸化チタン-物性と応用技術」(清野学 p255~258(2000年)技報堂出版株式会社)等に記載の公知の方法を用いることができる。 Further, as a method for producing titanium dioxide fine particles, a known method described in “Titanium oxide—physical properties and applied technology” (Kiyono Manabu, p. 255-258 (2000) Gihodo Publishing Co., Ltd.) can be used.

 さらに、二酸化チタン粒子を含めた金属酸化物粒子のその他の製造方法としては、特開2000-053421号公報(分散安定化剤としてアルキルシリケートを配合してなり、該アルキルシリケート中のケイ素をSiOに換算した量と二酸化チタン中のチタンをTiOに換算した量との重量比(SiO/TiO)が0.7~10である二酸化チタンゾル)、特開2000-063119号公報(TiO-ZrO-SnOの複合体コロイド粒子を核としてその表面を、WO-SnO-SiOの複合酸化物コロイド粒子で被覆したゾル)等に記載された事項を参照することができる。 Furthermore, another method for producing metal oxide particles including titanium dioxide particles is disclosed in JP-A-2000-053421 (comprising alkyl silicate as a dispersion stabilizer, and silicon in the alkyl silicate is changed to SiO 2. The weight ratio of the amount converted to TiO 2 to the amount converted to TiO 2 in titanium dioxide (SiO 2 / TiO 2 ) is 0.7 to 10), JP 2000-063119 A (TiO 2 Reference can be made to matters described in, for example, a sol in which a composite colloidal particle of —ZrO 2 —SnO 2 is used as a nucleus and a surface thereof is coated with a composite oxide colloidal particle of WO 3 —SnO 2 —SiO 2 .

 さらに、二酸化チタン粒子を含ケイ素の水和酸化物で被覆してもよい。含ケイ素の水和化合物の被覆量は、好ましくは3~30質量%、より好ましくは3~10質量%、さらに好ましくは3~8質量%である。被覆量が30質量%以下であると、高屈折率層の所望の屈折率が得られ、被覆量が3%以上であると粒子を安定に形成することができるからである。 Further, the titanium dioxide particles may be coated with a silicon-containing hydrated oxide. The coating amount of the silicon-containing hydrated compound is preferably 3 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 3 to 8% by mass. This is because when the coating amount is 30% by mass or less, a desired refractive index of the high refractive index layer can be obtained, and when the coating amount is 3% or more, particles can be stably formed.

 二酸化チタン粒子を含ケイ素の水和酸化物で被覆する方法としては、従来公知の方法により製造することができ、例えば、特開平10-158015号公報(ルチル型二酸化チタンへのSi/Al水和酸化物処理;チタン酸ケーキのアルカリ領域での解膠後酸化チタンの表面にケイ素および/またはアルミニウムの含水酸化物を析出させて表面処理する二酸化チタンゾルの製造方法)、特開2000-204301号公報(ルチル型二酸化チタンにSiとZrおよび/またはAlの酸化物との複合酸化物を被覆したゾル。水熱処理。)、特開2007-246351号公報(含水二酸化チタンを解膠して得られる酸化チタンのヒドロゾルへ、安定剤として式R1SiX4-n(式中R1はC1-C8アルキル基、グリシジルオキシ置換C1-C8アルキル基またはC2-C8アルケニル基、Xはアルコキシ基、nは1または2である。)のオルガノアルコキシシランまたは二酸化チタンに対して錯化作用を有する化合物を添加、アルカリ領域でケイ酸ナトリウムまたはシリカゾルの溶液へ添加・pH調整・熟成することにより、ケイ素の含水酸化物で被覆された二酸化チタンヒドロゾルを製造する方法)等に記載された事項を参照にすることができる。 As a method of coating titanium dioxide particles with a silicon-containing hydrated oxide, it can be produced by a conventionally known method. For example, JP-A-10-158015 (Si / Al hydration to rutile titanium dioxide) Oxide treatment; a method for producing a titanium dioxide sol in which a hydrous oxide of silicon and / or aluminum is deposited on the surface of titanium oxide after peptization in the alkali region of the titanate cake), JP 2000-204301 A (A sol in which a rutile titanium dioxide is coated with a complex oxide of Si and Zr and / or Al. Hydrothermal treatment), JP 2007-246351 (Oxidation obtained by peptizing hydrous titanium dioxide) To a titanium hydrosol, as a stabilizer, the formula R1 n SiX 4-n (wherein R1 is a C1-C8 alkyl group, glycidyloxy-substituted C 1-C8 alkyl group or C2-C8 alkenyl group, X is an alkoxy group, and n is 1 or 2.) An organoalkoxysilane or a compound having a complexing action with respect to titanium dioxide is added, and silicic acid is added in an alkaline region. Reference can be made to the matters described in, for example, a method for producing a titanium dioxide hydrosol coated with a hydrous oxide of silicon by adding, adjusting pH, and aging to a solution of sodium or silica sol.

 二酸化チタン粒子の体積平均粒径は、30nm以下であることが好ましく、1~30nmであることがより好ましく、5~15nmであることがさらに好ましい。体積平均粒径が30nm以下であれば、ヘイズが少なく可視光透過性に優れる観点で好ましい。 The volume average particle diameter of the titanium dioxide particles is preferably 30 nm or less, more preferably 1 to 30 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 15 nm. A volume average particle size of 30 nm or less is preferable from the viewpoint of low haze and excellent visible light transmittance.

 ここでいう体積平均粒径とは、媒体中に分散された一次粒子または二次粒子の体積平均粒径であり、レーザー回折/散乱法、動的光散乱法等により測定できる。 Here, the volume average particle diameter is a volume average particle diameter of primary particles or secondary particles dispersed in a medium, and can be measured by a laser diffraction / scattering method, a dynamic light scattering method, or the like.

 具体的には、粒子そのものあるいは屈折率層の断面や表面に現れた粒子を電子顕微鏡で観察し、1,000個の任意の粒子の粒径を測定し、それぞれd、d・・・d・・・dの粒径を持つ粒子がそれぞれn1、n2・・・ni・・・nk個存在する金属酸化物粒子の集団において、粒子1個当りの体積をvとした場合に、体積平均粒径m={Σ(v・d)}/{Σ(v)}で表される体積で重み付けされた平均粒径を算出する。 Specifically, the particles themselves or the particles appearing on the cross section or surface of the refractive index layer are observed with an electron microscope, and the particle diameters of 1,000 arbitrary particles are measured, and d 1 , d 2. In a group of metal oxide particles having n 1, n 2,..., ni, and nk particles having particle diameters d i ..., d k , respectively, where v i is the volume per particle. The volume average particle size m v = {Σ (v i · d i )} / {Σ (v i )} is calculated as the average particle size weighted by the volume.

 また、本発明においては、コロイダルシリカ複合エマルジョンも低屈折率層において、金属酸化物として用いることができる。本発明に好ましく用いられるコロイダルシリカ複合エマルジョンは、粒子の中心部が重合体あるいは共重合体等を主成分としてなり、特開昭59-71316号公報、特開昭60-127371号公報に記載されているコロイダルシリカの存在下でエチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノマーを従来公知の乳化重合法で重合して得られる。該複合体エマルジョンに適用されるコロイダルシリカの粒子径としては40nm未満のものが好ましい。 In the present invention, colloidal silica composite emulsion can also be used as a metal oxide in the low refractive index layer. The colloidal silica composite emulsion preferably used in the present invention comprises a polymer or copolymer as a main component at the center of the particle, and is described in JP-A-59-71316 and JP-A-60-127371. It is obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the presence of colloidal silica which has been conventionally known by an emulsion polymerization method. The particle diameter of colloidal silica applied to the composite emulsion is preferably less than 40 nm.

 この複合エマルジョンの調製に用いられるコロイダルシリカとしては、通常2~100nmの一次粒子のものが挙げられる。エチレン性モノマーとしては、例えば炭素数が1~18個のアルキル基、アリール基、或いはアリル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、アクリロニトリル、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、アクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミド、エチレン、ブタジエン等のラテックス業界で公知の材料が挙げられ、必要に応じて更にコロイダルシリカとの相溶性をより高めるためにビニルトリメトオキシシラン、ビニルトリエトオキシシラン、γ-メタクリロオキシプロピルトリメトオキシシラン等の如きビニルシランが、また、エマルジョンの分散安定に(メタ)アクリル酸、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸等のアニオン性モノマーが助剤的に使われる。なお、エチレン性モノマーは必要に応じて2種類以上を併用することができる。 The colloidal silica used for the preparation of this composite emulsion usually includes primary particles of 2 to 100 nm. Examples of the ethylenic monomer include (meth) acrylic acid ester having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, aryl group, or allyl group, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, acrylonitrile, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride. , Vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, acrylamide, N-methylol acrylamide, ethylene, butadiene, and other materials known in the latex industry. In order to further improve the compatibility with colloidal silica, vinyl trimethoxy is used. Vinyl silanes such as silane, vinyl triethoxy silane, γ-methacrylooxypropyl trimethoxy silane, etc. are also used for the dispersion stability of emulsions (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, etc. Anionic monomer Is used as an auxiliary. In addition, two or more types of ethylenic monomers can be used together as necessary.

 また、乳化重合におけるエチレン性モノマー/コロイダルシリカの比率は固形分比率で100/1~200であることが好ましい。 Further, the ratio of ethylenic monomer / colloidal silica in the emulsion polymerization is preferably 100/1 to 200 in terms of solid content.

 本発明に使用されるコロイダルシリカ複合体エマルジョンの中でより好ましいものとしては、ガラス転移点が-30~30℃の範囲のものが挙げられる。 Among the colloidal silica composite emulsions used in the present invention, those having a glass transition point in the range of −30 to 30 ° C. are preferable.

 また、組成的に好ましいものとしては、アクリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル等のエチレン性モノマーが挙げられ、特に好ましいものとしては(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとスチレンの共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルと(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステルの共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルと(メタ)アクリル酸アリールエステル共重合体が挙げられる。 In addition, preferred examples of the composition include ethylenic monomers such as acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters, and particularly preferred are copolymers of (meth) acrylic acid esters and styrene, alkyl (meth) acrylates. Examples thereof include a copolymer of ester and (meth) acrylic acid aralkyl ester, and a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester copolymer.

 乳化重合で使われる乳化剤としては、例えばアルキルアリルポリエーテルスルホン酸ソーダ塩、ラウリルスルホン酸ソーダ塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸ソーダ塩、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル硝酸ソーダ塩、アルキルアリルスルホサクシネートソーダ塩、スルホプロピルマレイン酸モノアルキルエステルソーダ塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of emulsifiers used in emulsion polymerization include alkyl allyl polyether sulfonic acid soda salt, lauryl sulfonic acid soda salt, alkyl benzene sulfonic acid soda salt, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether sodium nitrate salt, alkyl allyl sulfosuccinate soda salt, sulfo Examples include propyl maleic acid monoalkyl ester soda salt.

 (その他添加剤)
 誘電体積層膜を形成する各屈折率層には、必要に応じて各種の添加剤を含有させることが出来る。
(Other additives)
Each refractive index layer forming the dielectric laminated film can contain various additives as necessary.

 具体的には、アニオン、カチオンまたはノニオンの各種界面活性剤;ポリカルボン酸アンモニウム塩、アリルエーテルコポリマー、ベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム塩、グラフト化合物系分散剤、ポリエチレングリコール型ノニオン系分散剤などの分散剤;酢酸塩、プロピオン酸塩、またはクエン酸塩等の有機酸塩;一塩基性有機酸エステル、多塩基性有機酸エステル等の有機エステル可塑剤、有機リン酸可塑剤、有機亜リン酸可塑剤等のリン酸可塑剤等の可塑剤;特開昭57-74193号公報、同57-87988号公報及び同62-261476号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤、特開昭57-74192号公報、同57-87989号公報、同60-72785号公報、同61-146591号公報、特開平1-95091号公報および同3-13376号公報等に記載されている退色防止剤;特開昭59-42993号公報、同59-52689号公報、同62-280069号公報、同61-242871号公報および特開平4-219266号公報等に記載されている蛍光増白剤;硫酸、リン酸、酢酸、クエン酸、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸カリウム等のpH調整剤;消泡剤;ジエチレングリコール等の潤滑剤;防腐剤;帯電防止剤;マット剤等の公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。 Specifically, various anionic, cationic or nonionic surfactants; dispersants such as polycarboxylic acid ammonium salt, allyl ether copolymer, benzenesulfonic acid sodium salt, graft compound dispersant, polyethylene glycol type nonionic dispersant; Organic acid salts such as acetate, propionate or citrate; organic ester plasticizers such as monobasic organic acid esters and polybasic organic acid esters, organic phosphate plasticizers, organic phosphorous acid plasticizers, etc. Plasticizers such as phosphoric acid plasticizers; ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-57-74193, JP-A-57-87988, and JP-A-62-261476, JP-A-57-74192, JP-A-57 -87989, 60-72785, 61-14659, JP-A-1-95091 and 3-13376, etc .; Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 59-42993, 59-52689, 62-280069, 61-242871, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-219266 Optical brighteners described in the Gazettes, etc .; pH adjusters such as sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate; antifoaming agents; lubricants such as diethylene glycol; Agents; antistatic agents; may contain various known additives such as matting agents.

 (誘電多層膜の構成)
 本発明に係る誘電多層膜は、高屈折率層と低屈折率層とからなるユニットを少なくとも1つ積層した構成(積層膜)であればよいが、高屈折率層および低屈折率層の総数の上限としては、300層以下、すなわち150ユニット以下であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、250層(125ユニット)以下であり、さらに、100層(50ユニット)以下、40層(20ユニット)以下、30層(15ユニット)以下、20層(10ユニット)以下の順で好ましい。層数を減らすことで、生産性が向上し、積層界面での散乱による透明性の減少を抑制することができる。
(Configuration of dielectric multilayer film)
The dielectric multilayer film according to the present invention may have a configuration (laminated film) in which at least one unit composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer is stacked. The total number of high refractive index layers and low refractive index layers. Is preferably 300 layers or less, that is, 150 units or less. More preferably, it is 250 layers (125 units) or less, and further, in the order of 100 layers (50 units) or less, 40 layers (20 units) or less, 30 layers (15 units) or less, 20 layers (10 units) or less. preferable. By reducing the number of layers, productivity can be improved and a decrease in transparency due to scattering at the lamination interface can be suppressed.

 また、本発明の誘電多層膜は、上記ユニットを少なくとも1つ積層した構成であればよく、たとえば、積層膜の最表層や最下層のどちらも高屈折率層または低屈折率層となる積層膜であってもよい。 In addition, the dielectric multilayer film of the present invention may have a structure in which at least one of the above units is laminated. For example, a laminated film in which both the outermost layer and the lowermost layer of the laminated film are high refractive index layers or low refractive index layers. It may be.

 本発明の誘電多層膜において、高屈折率層の好ましい屈折率としては1.60~2.40であり、より好ましくは1.65~2.10である。また、本発明の低屈折率層は、屈折率が1.30~1.50であることが好ましく、1.34~1.50であることがより好ましい。 In the dielectric multilayer film of the present invention, the high refractive index layer preferably has a refractive index of 1.60 to 2.40, more preferably 1.65 to 2.10. The low refractive index layer of the present invention preferably has a refractive index of 1.30 to 1.50, more preferably 1.34 to 1.50.

 誘電多層膜においては、高屈折率層と低屈折率層との屈折率の差を大きく設計することが、少ない層数で赤外反射率を高くすることができる観点で好ましいが、本発明では、高屈折率層と低屈折率層から構成されるユニットの少なくとも1つにおいて、隣接する該高屈折率層と低屈折率層との屈折率差が0.1以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.3以上であり、さらに好ましくは0.4以上である。 In the dielectric multilayer film, it is preferable to design a large difference in refractive index between the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer from the viewpoint of increasing the infrared reflectance with a small number of layers. In at least one of the units composed of the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer, the refractive index difference between the adjacent high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer is preferably 0.1 or more, Preferably it is 0.3 or more, More preferably, it is 0.4 or more.

 また、本発明の誘電体積層膜においては、隣接する高屈折率層と低屈折率層との屈折率差が0.1以上であることが好ましいが、高屈折率層と低屈折率層とを上記のようにそれぞれ複数層有する場合には、全ての屈折率層が本発明で規定する範囲を満たすことが好ましい。ただし、最表層や最下層に関しては、本発明で規定する範囲外の構成であってもよい。 In the dielectric laminated film of the present invention, the difference in refractive index between the adjacent high refractive index layer and low refractive index layer is preferably 0.1 or more, but the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer As described above, it is preferable that all refractive index layers satisfy the range defined in the present invention. However, the outermost layer and the lowermost layer may be configured outside the range defined in the present invention.

 特定波長領域の反射率は、隣接する2層(高屈折率層と低屈折率層)の屈折率差と積層数で決まり、屈折率差が大きいほど、少ない層数で同じ反射率を得られる。この屈折率差と必要な層数については、市販の光学設計ソフトを用いて計算することができる。たとえば、赤外遮蔽率90%以上を得るためには、屈折率差が0.1より小さいと、100層を超える積層が必要になり、生産性が低下するだけでなく、積層界面での散乱が大きくなり、透明性が低下する。反射率の向上と層数を少なくする観点からは、屈折率差に上限はないが、実質的には1.40程度が限界である。 The reflectance in a specific wavelength region is determined by the difference in refractive index between two adjacent layers (high refractive index layer and low refractive index layer) and the number of layers, and the larger the refractive index difference, the same reflectance can be obtained with a smaller number of layers. . The refractive index difference and the required number of layers can be calculated using commercially available optical design software. For example, in order to obtain an infrared shielding ratio of 90% or more, if the refractive index difference is smaller than 0.1, it is necessary to laminate more than 100 layers, which not only lowers productivity but also scattering at the lamination interface. Increases and transparency decreases. From the viewpoint of improving reflectivity and reducing the number of layers, there is no upper limit to the difference in refractive index, but the limit is substantially about 1.40.

 上記屈折率差は、高屈折率層および低屈折率層の屈折率を下記の方法に従って求め、両者の差分を屈折率差とする。 The refractive index difference is obtained by calculating the refractive indexes of the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer according to the following method, and the difference between the two is defined as the refractive index difference.

 必要に応じて基材を用いて、各屈折率層を単層で作製し、このサンプルを10cm×10cmに断裁した後、下記の方法に従って屈折率を求める。分光光度計として、U-4000型(株式会社日立製作所製)を用いて、各サンプルの測定面とは反対側の面(裏面)を粗面化処理した後、黒色のスプレーで光吸収処理を行って裏面での光の反射を防止して、5度正反射の条件にて可視光領域(400nm~700nm)の反射率を25点測定して平均値を求め、その測定結果より平均屈折率を求める。 If necessary, each refractive index layer is produced as a single layer using a substrate, and after cutting this sample into 10 cm × 10 cm, the refractive index is determined according to the following method. Using a U-4000 model (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) as a spectrophotometer, the surface opposite to the measurement surface (back surface) of each sample is roughened and then light-absorbed with a black spray. To prevent reflection of light on the back surface, measure the reflectance in the visible light region (400 nm to 700 nm) at 25 points under the condition of regular reflection at 5 degrees, obtain an average value, and calculate the average refractive index from the measurement result Ask for.

 材料構成がポリマーのみである誘電体積層膜と比較して、高屈折率層に金属酸化物粒子を含有するため、高屈折率層の屈折率を高くすることができ、高低屈折率層を積層したユニット数を減らして薄膜にしても高い赤外反射率を得ることが可能となる。 Compared to the dielectric laminated film whose material composition is only polymer, since the high refractive index layer contains metal oxide particles, the refractive index of the high refractive index layer can be increased, and the high and low refractive index layers are laminated. It is possible to obtain a high infrared reflectance even if the number of units is reduced to form a thin film.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムの全体の厚みは、好ましくは12μm~315μm、より好ましくは15μm~200μm、さらに好ましくは20μm~100μmである。 The total thickness of the infrared shielding film of the present invention is preferably 12 μm to 315 μm, more preferably 15 μm to 200 μm, and still more preferably 20 μm to 100 μm.

 なお、本明細書において、「高屈折率層」および「低屈折率層」なる用語は、隣接した2層の屈折率差を比較した場合に、屈折率が高い方の屈折率層を高屈折率層とし、低い方の屈折率層を低屈折率層とすることを意味する。したがって、「高屈折率層」および「低屈折率層」なる用語は、光学反射フィルムを構成する各屈折率層において、隣接する2つの屈折率層に着目した場合に、各屈折率層が同じ屈折率を有する形態以外のあらゆる形態を含むものである。 In this specification, the terms “high refractive index layer” and “low refractive index layer” refer to the refractive index layer having a higher refractive index when the refractive index difference between two adjacent layers is compared. This means that the lower refractive index layer is the lower refractive index layer. Therefore, the terms “high refractive index layer” and “low refractive index layer” are the same when each refractive index layer constituting the optical reflective film is focused on two adjacent refractive index layers. All forms other than those having a refractive index are included.

 (誘電多層膜の製造方法)
 本発明の誘電多層膜は、基材上に高屈折率層と低屈折率層とから構成されたユニットを積層して構成される。具体的には、上述したような米国特許第6,049,419号明細書に記載の方法のように、ポリマーの溶融押出しおよび延伸により、誘電多層膜を形成する方法の他、水系の高屈折率層用塗布液と低屈折率層用塗布液とを交互に湿式塗布し、乾燥して積層体を形成する方法が挙げられる。
(Dielectric multilayer film manufacturing method)
The dielectric multilayer film of the present invention is configured by laminating a unit composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer on a substrate. Specifically, as in the method described in US Pat. No. 6,049,419 as described above, in addition to a method of forming a dielectric multilayer film by melt extrusion and stretching of a polymer, water-based high refraction. Examples thereof include a method in which a coating liquid for a refractive index layer and a coating liquid for a low refractive index layer are alternately wet-coated and dried to form a laminate.

 水系の高屈折率層用塗布液と低屈折率層用塗布液とを交互に湿式塗布する方法としては、以下に挙げる塗布方式が好ましく用いられる。例えば、ロールコーティング法、ロッドバーコーティング法、エアナイフコーティング法、スプレーコーティング法、カーテン塗布方法、あるいは米国特許第2,761,419号明細書、同第2,761,791号明細書などに記載のスライドホッパー塗布法、エクストルージョンコート法等が好ましく用いられる。また、複数の層を重層塗布する方式としては、逐次重層塗布でもよいし同時重層塗布でもよい。 As a method for alternately applying a water-based coating solution for a high refractive index layer and a coating solution for a low refractive index layer alternately, the following coating methods are preferably used. For example, as described in roll coating method, rod bar coating method, air knife coating method, spray coating method, curtain coating method, US Pat. Nos. 2,761,419 and 2,761,791 A slide hopper coating method, an extrusion coating method or the like is preferably used. In addition, as a method of applying a plurality of layers in a multilayer manner, sequential multilayer coating or simultaneous multilayer coating may be used.

 同時重層塗布を行う際の高屈折率層用塗布液および低屈折率層用塗布液の粘度としては、スライドホッパー塗布法を用いる場合には、5~100mPa・sの範囲が好ましく、さらに好ましくは10~50mPa・sの範囲である。また、カーテン塗布方式を用いる場合には、5~1200mPa・sの範囲が好ましく、さらに好ましくは25~500mPa・sの範囲である。 When the slide hopper coating method is used, the viscosity of the coating solution for the high refractive index layer and the coating solution for the low refractive index layer in the simultaneous multilayer coating is preferably in the range of 5 to 100 mPa · s, more preferably The range is 10 to 50 mPa · s. When the curtain coating method is used, the range of 5 to 1200 mPa · s is preferable, and the range of 25 to 500 mPa · s is more preferable.

 また、塗布液の15℃における粘度としては、100mPa・s以上が好ましく、100~30,000mPa・sがより好ましく、さらに好ましくは3,000~30,000mPa・sであり、最も好ましいのは10,000~30,000mPa・sである。 The viscosity of the coating solution at 15 ° C. is preferably 100 mPa · s or more, more preferably 100 to 30,000 mPa · s, still more preferably 3,000 to 30,000 mPa · s, and most preferably 10 , 30,000 to 30,000 mPa · s.

 塗布および乾燥方法としては、水系の高屈折率層用塗布液および低屈折率層用塗布液を30℃以上に加温して、塗布を行った後、形成した塗膜の温度を1~15℃に一旦冷却し、10℃以上で乾燥することが好ましく、より好ましくは、乾燥条件として、湿球温度5~50℃、膜面温度10~50℃の範囲の条件で行うことである。また、塗布直後の冷却方式としては、形成された塗膜均一性の観点から、水平セット方式で行うことが好ましい。 As a coating and drying method, a water-based coating solution for a high refractive index layer and a coating solution for a low refractive index layer are heated to 30 ° C. or more, and after coating, the temperature of the coating film formed is 1 to 15 It is preferable that the temperature is once cooled to 10 ° C. and dried at 10 ° C. or more. More preferably, the drying conditions are wet bulb temperature 5 to 50 ° C. and film surface temperature 10 to 50 ° C. Moreover, as a cooling method immediately after application | coating, it is preferable to carry out by a horizontal set system from a viewpoint of the formed coating-film uniformity.

 高屈折率層の1層あたりの厚み(乾燥後の厚み)は、20~1000nmであることが好ましく、50~500nmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness per layer (thickness after drying) of the high refractive index layer is preferably 20 to 1000 nm, and more preferably 50 to 500 nm.

 低屈折率層の1層あたりの厚み(乾燥後の厚み)は、20~800nmであることが好ましく、50~350nmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness per layer of the low refractive index layer (thickness after drying) is preferably 20 to 800 nm, and more preferably 50 to 350 nm.

 高屈折率層用塗布液および低屈折率層用塗布液の塗布厚は、上記で示したような好ましい乾燥時の厚みとなるように塗布すればよい。 What is necessary is just to apply | coat so that the coating thickness of the coating liquid for high refractive index layers and the coating liquid for low refractive index layers may become the preferable thickness at the time of drying as shown above.

 [赤外遮蔽フィルム]
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムの全体の厚みは、好ましくは12μm~315μm、より好ましくは15μm~200μm、さらに好ましくは20μm~100μmである。
[Infrared shielding film]
The total thickness of the infrared shielding film of the present invention is preferably 12 μm to 315 μm, more preferably 15 μm to 200 μm, and still more preferably 20 μm to 100 μm.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、基材の下または基材と反対側の最表面層の上に、さらなる機能の付加を目的として、導電性層、帯電防止層、ガスバリア層、易接着層(接着層)、防汚層、消臭層、流滴層、易滑層、ハードコート層、耐摩耗性層、反射防止層、電磁波シールド層、紫外線吸収層、赤外吸収層、印刷層、蛍光発光層、ホログラム層、剥離層、粘着層、接着層、本発明の高屈折率層および低屈折率層以外の赤外線カット層(金属層、液晶層)、着色層(可視光線吸収層)、合わせガラスに利用される中間膜層などの機能層の1つ以上を有していてもよい。以下、好ましい機能層である粘着層、赤外吸収層、およびハードコート層について説明する。 The infrared shielding film of the present invention has a conductive layer, an antistatic layer, a gas barrier layer, an easy-adhesion layer (for the purpose of adding further functions under the base material or on the outermost surface layer opposite to the base material). Adhesive layer), antifouling layer, deodorant layer, droplet layer, slippery layer, hard coat layer, wear-resistant layer, antireflection layer, electromagnetic wave shielding layer, ultraviolet absorption layer, infrared absorption layer, printing layer, fluorescence Light emitting layer, hologram layer, release layer, adhesive layer, adhesive layer, infrared cut layer (metal layer, liquid crystal layer) other than the high refractive index layer and low refractive index layer of the present invention (colored layer (visible light absorbing layer)), combination One or more functional layers such as an intermediate film layer used for glass may be included. Hereinafter, the adhesive layer, the infrared absorption layer, and the hard coat layer which are preferable functional layers will be described.

 <粘着層>
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、いずれかの最表層面(ただし、セパレータを除く)に粘着層を設けることができる。粘着層は、たとえば、ガラス面などに対して本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを貼付するために設けられる層である。
<Adhesive layer>
The infrared shielding film of the present invention can be provided with an adhesive layer on any outermost layer surface (excluding the separator). An adhesive layer is a layer provided in order to stick the infrared shielding film of this invention with respect to a glass surface etc., for example.

 粘着層を構成する粘着剤としては、特に制限されず、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、シリコン系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリビニルブチラール系粘着剤、エチレン-酢酸ビニル系粘着剤などを例示することができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives, silicon pressure-sensitive adhesives, urethane pressure-sensitive adhesives, polyvinyl butyral pressure-sensitive adhesives, and ethylene-vinyl acetate pressure-sensitive adhesives. Can do.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、窓ガラスに貼り合わせる場合、窓に水を吹き付け、濡れた状態のガラス面に本赤外遮蔽フィルムの粘着層を合わせる貼り方、いわゆる水貼り法が張り直し、位置直し等の観点で好適に用いられる。そのため、水が存在する湿潤下では粘着力が弱い、アクリル系粘着剤が好ましく用いられる。 When the infrared shielding film of the present invention is pasted on a window glass, water is sprayed on the window, and the pasting method of matching the adhesive layer of the infrared shielding film on the wet glass surface, the so-called water pasting method is re-stretched, It is preferably used from the viewpoint of repositioning and the like. For this reason, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that has a weak adhesive force in the presence of water is preferably used.

 使用されるアクリル系粘着剤は、溶剤系およびエマルジョン系どちらでもよいが、粘着力等を高め易いことから、溶剤系粘着剤が好ましく、その中でも溶液重合で得られたものが好ましい。このような溶剤系アクリル系粘着剤を溶液重合で製造する場合の原料としては、例えば、骨格となる主モノマーとして、エチルアクリレート、ブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート、オクリルアクリレート等のアクリル酸エステル、凝集力を向上させるためのコモノマーとして、酢酸ビニル、アクリルニトリル、スチレン、メチルメタクリレート等、さらに架橋を促進し、安定した粘着力を付与させ、また水の存在下でもある程度の粘着力を保持するために官能基含有モノマーとして、メタクリル酸、アクリル酸、イタコン酸、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、グリシジルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。該積層フィルムの粘着剤層には、主ポリマーとして、特に高タック性を要するため、ブチルアクリレート等のような低いガラス転移温度(Tg)を有するものが特に有用である。 The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive used may be either solvent-based or emulsion-based, but is preferably a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive because it is easy to increase the adhesive strength and the like, and among them, those obtained by solution polymerization are preferable. Examples of the raw material for producing such a solvent-based acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive by solution polymerization include, for example, acrylic acid esters such as ethyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and acryl acrylate as main monomers serving as a skeleton, As a comonomer to improve cohesive strength, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, methyl methacrylate, etc., to further promote crosslinking, to give stable adhesive strength, and to maintain a certain level of adhesive strength even in the presence of water Examples of the functional group-containing monomer include methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and glycidyl methacrylate. Since the adhesive layer of the laminated film requires a particularly high tack as the main polymer, those having a low glass transition temperature (Tg) such as butyl acrylate are particularly useful.

 この粘着層には、添加剤として、例えば安定剤、界面活性剤、紫外線吸収剤、難燃剤、帯電防止剤、抗酸化剤、熱安定剤、滑剤、充填剤、着色、接着調整剤等を含有させることもできる。特に、本発明のように窓貼用として使用する場合は、紫外線による赤外遮蔽フィルムの劣化を抑制するためにも、紫外線吸収剤の添加は有効である。 This adhesive layer contains additives such as stabilizers, surfactants, UV absorbers, flame retardants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, fillers, coloring, adhesion modifiers, etc. It can also be made. In particular, when used as a window sticker as in the present invention, the addition of an ultraviolet absorber is also effective for suppressing deterioration of the infrared shielding film due to ultraviolet rays.

 粘着層の厚みは1~100μmが好ましく、3~50μmであるとより好ましく、10~30μmであるとさらに好ましい。1μm以上であれば粘着性が向上する傾向にあり、十分な粘着力が得られる。逆に100μm以下であれば赤外遮蔽フィルムの透明性が向上するだけでなく、赤外遮蔽フィルムを窓ガラスに貼り付けた後、剥がしたときに粘着層間で凝集破壊が起こらず、ガラス面への粘着剤残りが無くなる傾向にある。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 3 to 50 μm, and even more preferably 10 to 30 μm. If it is 1 micrometer or more, there exists a tendency for adhesiveness to improve and sufficient adhesive force is acquired. On the other hand, if the thickness is 100 μm or less, not only the transparency of the infrared shielding film is improved, but also after the infrared shielding film is attached to the window glass, when it is peeled off, cohesive failure does not occur between the adhesive layers. There is a tendency for the remaining adhesive to disappear.

 <赤外吸収層>
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、任意の位置に赤外吸収層を有することができる。
<Infrared absorbing layer>
The infrared shielding film of this invention can have an infrared absorption layer in arbitrary positions.

 赤外吸収層に含まれる材料としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、紫外線硬化樹脂、光重合開始剤、赤外吸収剤などが挙げられる。 The material contained in the infrared absorption layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an ultraviolet curable resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and an infrared absorber.

 紫外線硬化樹脂は、他の樹脂よりも硬度や平滑性に優れ、さらには錫ドープ酸化インジウム(ITO)、アンチモンドープ酸化錫(ATO)や熱伝導性の金属酸化物の分散性の観点からも有利である。紫外線硬化樹脂としては、硬化によって透明な層を形成する物であれば特に制限なく使用でき、例えば、シリコーン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ビニルエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、アリルエステル樹脂等が挙げられる。より好ましくは、硬度、平滑性、透明性の観点からアクリル樹脂である。 UV curable resins are superior in hardness and smoothness to other resins, and are also advantageous from the viewpoint of dispersibility of tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), antimony-doped tin oxide (ATO), and thermally conductive metal oxides. It is. The ultraviolet curable resin can be used without particular limitation as long as it forms a transparent layer by curing, and examples thereof include silicone resins, epoxy resins, vinyl ester resins, acrylic resins, and allyl ester resins. More preferred is an acrylic resin from the viewpoint of hardness, smoothness and transparency.

 前記アクリル樹脂は、硬度、平滑性、透明性の観点から、国際公開2008/035669号に記載されているような、表面に光重合反応性を有する感光性基が導入された反応性シリカ粒子(以下、単に「反応性シリカ粒子」ともいう)を含むことが好ましい。ここで、光重合性を有する感光性基としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基に代表される重合性不飽和基などを挙げることができる。また、紫外線硬化樹脂は、この反応性シリカ粒子の表面に導入された光重合反応性を有する感光性基と光重合反応可能な化合物、例えば、重合性不飽和基を有する有機化合物を含むものであってもよい。また重合性不飽和基修飾加水分解性シランが、加水分解性シリル基の加水分解反応によって、シリカ粒子との間に、シリルオキシ基を生成して化学的に結合しているようなものを、反応性シリカ粒子として用いることができる。ここで、反応性シリカ粒子の平均粒子径は、0.001~0.1μmであることが好ましい。平均粒子径をこのような範囲にすることにより、透明性、平滑性、硬度をバランスよく満たすことができる。 From the viewpoint of hardness, smoothness, and transparency, the acrylic resin is a reactive silica particle having a photosensitive group having photopolymerization reactivity introduced on its surface as described in International Publication No. 2008/035669 ( In the following, it is preferable to simply include “reactive silica particles”. Here, examples of the photopolymerizable photosensitive group include a polymerizable unsaturated group represented by a (meth) acryloyloxy group. The ultraviolet curable resin contains a photopolymerizable photosensitive group introduced on the surface of the reactive silica particles and a compound capable of photopolymerization, for example, an organic compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group. There may be. In addition, a polymerizable unsaturated group-modified hydrolyzable silane reacts with a silica particle that forms a silyloxy group and is chemically bonded to the silica particle by a hydrolysis reaction of the hydrolyzable silyl group. Can be used as conductive silica particles. Here, the average particle diameter of the reactive silica particles is preferably 0.001 to 0.1 μm. By setting the average particle diameter in such a range, transparency, smoothness, and hardness can be satisfied in a well-balanced manner.

 また、前記アクリル樹脂は、屈折率を調整するという観点から、含フッ素ビニルモノマーに由来する構成単位を含んでもよい。含フッ素ビニルモノマーとしては、フルオロオレフィン類(例えばフルオロエチレン、ビニリデンフルオライド、テトラフルオロエチレン、ヘキサフルオロプロピレン等)、(メタ)アクリル酸の部分または完全フッ素化アルキルエステル誘導体類(例えばビスコート6FM(商品名、大阪有機化学工業株式会社製)やR-2020(商品名、ダイキン工業株式会社製)等)、完全または部分フッ素化ビニルエーテル類等が挙げられる。 Further, the acrylic resin may contain a structural unit derived from a fluorine-containing vinyl monomer from the viewpoint of adjusting the refractive index. Fluorine-containing vinyl monomers include fluoroolefins (eg, fluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene, hexafluoropropylene, etc.), (meth) acrylic acid moieties or fully fluorinated alkyl ester derivatives (eg, Biscoat 6FM (commodity) Name, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), R-2020 (trade name, manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.), and the like, and fully or partially fluorinated vinyl ethers.

 光重合開始剤としては、公知のものを使用することができ、単独でもまたは2種以上の組み合わせでも使用することができる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, known ones can be used, either alone or in combination of two or more.

 赤外吸収層に含まれうる無機赤外吸収剤としては、可視光線透過率、赤外吸収性、樹脂中への分散適性等の観点から、錫ドープ酸化インジウム(ITO)、アンチモンドープ酸化錫(ATO)、アンチモン酸亜鉛、6硼化ランタン(LaB)、セシウム含有酸化タングステン(Cs0.33WO)等が好ましい。これらは単独でもまたは2種以上組み合わせても用いることができる。無機赤外吸収剤の平均粒径は、5~100nmが好ましく、10~50nmがより好ましい。5nm未満であると樹脂中の分散性や、赤外吸収性が低下する虞がある。一方、100nmより大きいと、可視光線透過率が低下する虞がある。なお、平均粒径の測定は、透過型電子顕微鏡により撮像し、無作為に、例えば50個の粒子を抽出して該粒径を測定し、これを平均したものである。また、粒子の形状が球形でない場合には、長径を測定して算出したものと定義する。 Inorganic infrared absorbers that can be included in the infrared absorption layer include tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), antimony-doped tin oxide (from the viewpoint of visible light transmittance, infrared absorptivity, dispersibility in the resin, etc. ATO), zinc antimonate, lanthanum hexaboride (LaB 6 ), cesium-containing tungsten oxide (Cs 0.33 WO 3 ) and the like are preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The average particle size of the inorganic infrared absorber is preferably 5 to 100 nm, more preferably 10 to 50 nm. If it is less than 5 nm, the dispersibility in the resin and the infrared absorptivity may be lowered. On the other hand, if it is larger than 100 nm, the visible light transmittance may decrease. The average particle size is measured by taking an image with a transmission electron microscope, randomly extracting, for example, 50 particles, measuring the particle size, and averaging the results. Moreover, when the shape of particle | grains is not spherical, it defines as what was calculated by measuring a major axis.

 前記無機赤外吸収剤の赤外吸収層における含有量は、赤外吸収層の全質量に対して1~80質量%であることが好ましく、5~50質量%であることがより好ましい。含有量が1%以上であれば、十分な赤外吸収効果が現れ、80%以下であれば、十分な量の可視光線を透過できる。 The content of the inorganic infrared absorber in the infrared absorption layer is preferably 1 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the infrared absorption layer. If the content is 1% or more, a sufficient infrared absorption effect appears, and if it is 80% or less, a sufficient amount of visible light can be transmitted.

 赤外吸収層においては、本発明の効果を奏する範囲内で、上記以外の金属酸化物や、有機系赤外吸収剤、金属錯体等の他の赤外吸収剤を含んでもよい。このような他の赤外吸収剤の具体例としては、例えば、ジイモニウム系化合物、アルミニウム系化合物、フタロシアニン系化合物、有機金属錯体、シアニン系化合物、アゾ化合物、ポリメチン系化合物、キノン系化合物、ジフェニルメタン系化合物、トリフェニルメタン系化合物等が挙げられる。 The infrared absorption layer may contain other infrared absorbers such as metal oxides other than those described above, organic infrared absorbers, metal complexes, and the like within the scope of the effects of the present invention. Specific examples of such other infrared absorbers include, for example, diimonium compounds, aluminum compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, organometallic complexes, cyanine compounds, azo compounds, polymethine compounds, quinone compounds, diphenylmethane compounds. Compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, and the like.

 赤外吸収層の厚みは0.1~50μmが好ましく、1~20μmがより好ましい。0.1μm以上であれば赤外吸収能力が向上する傾向にあり、一方、50μm以下であれば塗膜の耐クラック性が向上する。 The thickness of the infrared absorption layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 20 μm. If it is 0.1 μm or more, the infrared absorption ability tends to be improved. On the other hand, if it is 50 μm or less, the crack resistance of the coating film is improved.

 <ハードコート層>
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、耐擦過性を高めるための表面保護層として、基材の粘着層を有する側とは逆側の最上層に、熱や紫外線などで硬化する樹脂を含むハードコート層を積層することが好ましい。本発明では、特に、基材が平板状金属粒子を含む層よりも下となるような配置としたとき、平板状金属粒子を含む層よりも上にハードコート層が形成されていると好ましい。
<Hard coat layer>
The infrared shielding film of the present invention is a hard coat containing a resin that is cured by heat, ultraviolet rays, or the like, as a surface protective layer for enhancing scratch resistance, on the uppermost layer opposite to the side having the adhesive layer of the substrate. It is preferable to laminate the layers. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable that the hard coat layer is formed above the layer containing the flat metal particles when the base material is disposed below the layer containing the flat metal particles.

 ハードコート層で使用される硬化型樹脂としては、熱硬化型樹脂や紫外線硬化型樹脂が挙げられるが、成形が容易なことから、紫外線硬化型樹脂が好ましく、その中でも鉛筆硬度が少なくとも2Hのものがより好ましい。かような硬化型樹脂は、単独でもまたは2種以上組み合わせても用いることができる。また、硬化型樹脂は市販品を用いてもよいし、合成品を用いてもよい。 Examples of the curable resin used in the hard coat layer include a thermosetting resin and an ultraviolet curable resin, but an ultraviolet curable resin is preferable because of easy molding, and among them, a pencil hardness is at least 2H. Is more preferable. Such curable resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the curable resin, a commercially available product may be used, or a synthetic product may be used.

 このような紫外線硬化型樹脂としては、例えば、多価アルコールを有するアクリル酸またはメタクリル酸エステルのような多官能性のアクリレート樹脂、ならびにジイソシアネートおよび多価アルコールを有するアクリル酸やメタクリル酸から合成されるような多官能性のウレタンアクリレート樹脂などを挙げることができる。さらにアクリレート系の官能基を有するポリエーテル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、スピロアセタール樹脂、ポリブタジエン樹脂またはポリチオールポリエン樹脂等も好適に使用することができる。 As such an ultraviolet curable resin, it is synthesized from, for example, a polyfunctional acrylate resin such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester having a polyhydric alcohol, and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid having a diisocyanate and a polyhydric alcohol. Such polyfunctional urethane acrylate resins can be mentioned. Furthermore, polyether resins, polyester resins, epoxy resins, alkyd resins, spiroacetal resins, polybutadiene resins or polythiol polyene resins having an acrylate-based functional group can also be suitably used.

 また、これらの樹脂の反応性希釈剤として、比較的低粘度である1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メ夕)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等の2官能以上のモノマーやオリゴマー、ならびに、N-ビニルピロリドン、エチルアクリレート、プロピルアクリレート等のアクリル酸エステル類、エチルメタクリレート、プロピルメタクリレート、イソプロピルメタクリレート、ブチルメタクリレート、ヘキシルメタクリレート、イソオクチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、ノニルフェニルメタクリレート等のメタクリル酸エステル類、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、およびそのカプロラクトン変成物などの誘導体、スチレン、α-メチルスチレンまたはアクリル酸等の単官能モノマー等を用いることができる。これら反応性希釈剤は、単独でもまたは2種以上組み合わせても用いることができる。 As reactive diluents for these resins, relatively low viscosity 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (methacrylate) ) Bifunctional or higher functional monomers and oligomers such as acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, neopentylglycol di (meth) acrylate, and Acrylic esters such as N-vinylpyrrolidone, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, hexyl Methacrylic acid esters such as tacrylate, isooctyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, nonylphenyl methacrylate, derivatives such as tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate and its caprolactone modified products, styrene, α-methylstyrene, acrylic acid, etc. A monofunctional monomer or the like can be used. These reactive diluents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 さらにまた、これらの樹脂の光増感剤(ラジカル重合開始剤)として、ベンゾイン、べンゾインメチルエーテル、べンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、べンジルメチルケタールなどのべンゾインとそのアルキルエーテル類;アセトフェノン、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトンなどのアセトフェノン類;メチルアントラキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、2-アミルアントラキノンなどのアントラキノン類;チオキサントン、2,4―ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントンなどのチオキサントン類;アセトフェノンジメチルケタール、ベンジルジメチルケタールなどのケタール類;ベンゾフェノン、4,4-ビスメチルアミノべンゾフェノンなどのベンゾフェノン類およびアゾ化合物等を用いることができる。これらは単独でもまたは2種以上組み合わせても使用することができる。加えて、トリエタノールアミン、メチルジエタノールアミンなどの第3級アミン;2-ジメチルアミノエチル安息香酸、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルなどの安息香酸誘導体等の光開始助剤などと組み合わせて使用することができる。これらラジカル重合開始剤の使用量は、樹脂の重合性成分100質量部に対して好ましくは0.5~20質量部、より好ましくは1~15質量部である。 Furthermore, benzoins such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, and benzyl methyl ketal are used as photosensitizers (radical polymerization initiators) for these resins. Alkyl ethers; acetophenones such as acetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; anthraquinones such as methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-amylanthraquinone; thioxanthone, 2,4 -Thioxanthones such as diethylthioxanthone and 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone; Ketals such as acetophenone dimethyl ketal and benzyldimethyl ketal; Benzophenone and 4,4-bismethi Benzophenones such as amino benzophenone and azo compounds can be used. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, tertiary amines such as triethanolamine and methyldiethanolamine; photoinitiators such as 2-dimethylaminoethylbenzoic acid and benzoic acid derivatives such as ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate can be used in combination. it can. The use amount of these radical polymerization initiators is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable component of the resin.

 なお、上述の硬化型樹脂には、必要に応じて公知の一般的な塗料添加剤を配合してもよい。例えば、レベリングや表面スリップ性等を付与するシリコーン系やフッ素系の塗料添加剤は、硬化膜表面の傷つき防止性に効果があることに加え、活性エネルギー線として紫外線を利用する場合に、該塗料添加剤が空気界面へブリードすることによって、酸素による樹脂の硬化阻害を低下させることができ、低照射強度条件下においても有効な硬化度合を得ることができる。 In addition, you may mix | blend a well-known general coating additive with the above-mentioned curable resin as needed. For example, a silicone-based or fluorine-based paint additive that imparts leveling or surface slip properties is effective in preventing scratches on the surface of a cured film, and in the case of using ultraviolet rays as active energy rays, When the additive bleeds to the air interface, the inhibition of curing of the resin by oxygen can be reduced, and an effective degree of curing can be obtained even under low irradiation intensity conditions.

 また、ハードコート層は無機微粒子を含有することが好ましい。好ましい無機微粒子としては、チタン、シリカ、ジルコニウム、アルミニウム、マグネシウム、アンチモン、亜鉛または錫などの金属を含む無機化合物の微粒子が挙げられる。この無機微粒子の平均粒径は、可視光線の透過性を確保することから、1000nm以下が好ましく、10~500nmの範囲にあるものがより好ましい。また、無機微粒子は、ハードコート層を形成する硬化型樹脂との結合力が高いほうがハードコート層からの脱落を抑制できることから、単官能または多官能のアクリレートなどの光重合反応性を有する感光性基を表面に導入しているものが好ましい。 The hard coat layer preferably contains inorganic fine particles. Preferable inorganic fine particles include fine particles of an inorganic compound containing a metal such as titanium, silica, zirconium, aluminum, magnesium, antimony, zinc or tin. The average particle size of the inorganic fine particles is preferably 1000 nm or less, and more preferably in the range of 10 to 500 nm, from the viewpoint of ensuring visible light transmittance. In addition, the inorganic fine particles have higher photopolymerization reactivity such as monofunctional or polyfunctional acrylates because the higher the bonding strength with the curable resin that forms the hard coat layer, the more the dropping from the hard coat layer can be suppressed. Those having a group introduced on the surface are preferred.

 ハードコート層の厚みは0.1μm~50μmが好ましく、1~20μmがより好ましい。0.1μm以上であればハードコート性が向上する傾向にあり、逆に50μm以下であれば赤外遮蔽フィルムの透明性が向上する傾向にある。 The thickness of the hard coat layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 20 μm. If it is 0.1 μm or more, the hard coat property tends to be improved. Conversely, if it is 50 μm or less, the transparency of the infrared shielding film tends to be improved.

 なお、ハードコート層は、上述の赤外吸収層を兼ねたものであってもよい。 The hard coat layer may also serve as the above-described infrared absorption layer.

 <粘着層、赤外吸収層、ハードコート層の形成方法>
 粘着剤の塗工方法としては、任意の公知の方法が使用でき、例えば、バーコート法、ダイコーター法、グラビアロールコーター法、ブレードコーター法、スプレーコーター法、エアーナイフコート法、ディップコート法、転写法等が好ましく挙げられ、単独または組合せて用いることができる。これらは適宜、粘着剤を溶解できる溶媒にて溶液にする、または分散させた塗布液を用いて塗工することが出来、溶媒としては公知の物を使用することが出来る。
<Method for forming adhesive layer, infrared absorbing layer, hard coat layer>
As an adhesive coating method, any known method can be used, for example, bar coating method, die coater method, gravure roll coater method, blade coater method, spray coater method, air knife coating method, dip coating method, A transfer method and the like are preferable, and they can be used alone or in combination. These can be appropriately formed into a solution in a solvent capable of dissolving the pressure-sensitive adhesive, or can be applied using a dispersed coating solution, and known solvents can be used.

 粘着層の形成は、先の塗工方式にて、直接赤外遮蔽フィルムに塗工してもよく、また、一度剥離フィルムに塗工して乾燥させた後、赤外遮蔽フィルムを貼り合せて粘着剤を転写させてもよい。この時の乾燥温度は、残留溶剤ができるだけ少なくなることが好ましく、そのためには乾燥温度や時間は特定されないが、好ましくは50~150℃の温度で、10秒~5分の乾燥時間を設けることがよい。また、粘着剤は流動性があるため、加熱乾燥直後はまだ反応が完結しておらず、その反応を完了させ、安定した粘着力を得るためにも養生が必要である。一般的には、室温で約1週間以上、加熱した場合、例えば50℃位であると3日以上が好ましい。加熱の場合、温度を上げすぎるとプラスチックフィルムの平面性が悪化するおそれがあるため、あまり上げすぎない方がよい。 For the formation of the adhesive layer, it may be applied directly to the infrared shielding film by the previous coating method, or once coated on the release film and dried, the infrared shielding film is then bonded. The adhesive may be transferred. The drying temperature at this time is preferably such that the residual solvent is reduced as much as possible. For this purpose, the drying temperature and time are not specified, but a drying time of 10 seconds to 5 minutes is preferably provided at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. Is good. In addition, since the adhesive has fluidity, the reaction is not yet completed immediately after drying by heating, and curing is necessary to complete the reaction and obtain a stable adhesive force. In general, when heated at room temperature for about one week or longer, for example, about 50 ° C. is preferably 3 days or longer. In the case of heating, if the temperature is raised too much, the flatness of the plastic film may be deteriorated.

 赤外吸収層およびハードコート層の形成方法は特に制限はないが、バーコート法、ダイコーター法、グラビアロールコーター法、スピンコーティング法、スプレー法、ブレードコーティング法、エアーナイフコート法、ディップコート法、転写法等のウエットコーティング法、あるいは、蒸着法等のドライコーティング法により形成することが好ましい。 The method for forming the infrared absorption layer and the hard coat layer is not particularly limited, but a bar coat method, a die coater method, a gravure roll coater method, a spin coating method, a spray method, a blade coating method, an air knife coating method, a dip coating method. It is preferably formed by a wet coating method such as a transfer method or a dry coating method such as a vapor deposition method.

 紫外線照射により硬化する方法としては、超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク、メタルハライドランプなどから発せられる好ましくは100~400nm、より好ましくは200~400nmの波長領域の紫外線を照射する、または走査型やカーテン型の電子線加速器から発せられる100nm以下の波長領域の電子線を照射することにより行うことができる。 As a method of curing by irradiation with ultraviolet rays, ultraviolet rays in a wavelength region of preferably 100 to 400 nm, more preferably 200 to 400 nm, emitted from an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc, a metal halide lamp, etc. are irradiated, or The irradiation can be performed by irradiating an electron beam having a wavelength region of 100 nm or less emitted from a scanning or curtain type electron beam accelerator.

 <赤外遮蔽フィルムの積層順>
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムの各層の積層順は、特に制限されない。しかしながら、本発明の効果をより向上させるという観点から、誘電多層膜が平板状金属粒子を含む層よりも光(太陽光)の入射側に設けられていることが好ましい。かような構成をとることにより、誘電多層膜によって平板状金属粒子を含む層に入光する光量を低減させることができるため、平板状金属粒子を含む層の発熱量が低減され、より高い遮熱効果を得ることができる。さらに、上記構成とすることにより、平板状金属粒子の変色に起因する、フィルムの経時的な変色もまた抑制することが期待できる。
<Lamination order of infrared shielding film>
The lamination order of each layer of the infrared shielding film of the present invention is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of further improving the effect of the present invention, it is preferable that the dielectric multilayer film is provided on the light (sunlight) incident side of the layer including the flat metal particles. By adopting such a configuration, the amount of light incident on the layer containing the flat metal particles can be reduced by the dielectric multilayer film, so that the amount of heat generated by the layer containing the flat metal particles is reduced and higher shielding is achieved. A thermal effect can be obtained. Furthermore, by setting it as the said structure, it can anticipate also suppressing the temporal discoloration of a film resulting from discoloration of a flat metal particle.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、大別して、(1)基材の一方の面上に平板状金属粒子を含む層および誘電多層膜が形成される構成、または、(2)基材を介して平板状金属粒子を含む層と誘電多層膜が形成される構成をとる。以下、それぞれ説明する。 The infrared shielding film of the present invention is broadly divided into (1) a structure in which a layer containing flat metal particles and a dielectric multilayer film are formed on one surface of a substrate, or (2) via a substrate. A configuration in which a layer containing flat metal particles and a dielectric multilayer film are formed is adopted. Each will be described below.

 (1)基材の一方の面上に平板状金属粒子を含む層および誘電多層膜が形成される構成
 本構成(1)について、窓ガラスの室内側に本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを貼る(内貼り)仕様を採用することができる。当該仕様としては、たとえば、基材表面に平板状金属粒子を含む層、誘電多層膜、粘着層の順に積層し、これらの層が積層されている側とは逆の側の基材表面にハードコート層を塗設する形態が、好ましい一例として挙げられる(図3A、内貼り用構成1)。かような構成とすることにより、高い赤外遮蔽効果を得ることができる。平板状金属粒子層と誘電多層膜との位置関係が同じであれば、例えば、粘着層、基材、誘電多層膜、平板状金属粒子を含む層、ハードコート層の順であっても構わない。また、誘電多層膜と平板状金属粒子を含む層との間に、他の機能層や基材を有していても構わない。
(1) Configuration in which a layer containing flat metal particles and a dielectric multilayer film are formed on one surface of a substrate For this configuration (1), the infrared shielding film of the present invention is pasted on the indoor side of a window glass ( (Internal paste) specification can be adopted. As the specification, for example, a layer containing flat metal particles, a dielectric multilayer film, and an adhesive layer are laminated on the substrate surface in this order, and a hard surface is formed on the substrate surface opposite to the side where these layers are laminated. The form which coats a coat layer is mentioned as a preferable example (FIG. 3A, the structure 1 for internal bonding). With such a configuration, a high infrared shielding effect can be obtained. As long as the positional relationship between the flat metal particle layer and the dielectric multilayer film is the same, for example, an adhesive layer, a base material, a dielectric multilayer film, a layer containing flat metal particles, and a hard coat layer may be used in this order. . Moreover, you may have another functional layer and a base material between the dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing flat metal particle.

 また、本構成(1)において、窓ガラスの室外側に本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを貼る(外貼り)仕様であってもよい。当該仕様における好ましい一例を挙げると、基材表面に誘電多層膜、平板状金属粒子を含む層、粘着層の順に積層し、さらにこれらの層が積層されている側とは逆の側の基材表面にハードコート層を塗設する構成である。内貼りの場合と同様に、平板状金属粒子を含む層と誘電多層膜との位置関係が同じであれば、例えば、粘着層、基材、平板状金属粒子を含む層、誘電多層膜、ハードコート層の順であっても構わない(図3C、外貼り用構成3)。また、誘電多層膜と平板状金属粒子を含む層との間に、他の機能層や基材を有していても構わない。 In the present configuration (1), the infrared shielding film of the present invention may be affixed (outside pasting) to the outside of the window glass. As a preferred example in the specification, a dielectric multilayer film, a layer containing flat metal particles, and an adhesive layer are laminated in this order on the substrate surface, and the substrate on the side opposite to the side on which these layers are laminated. In this configuration, a hard coat layer is coated on the surface. If the positional relationship between the layer containing the flat metal particles and the dielectric multilayer film is the same as in the case of the internal bonding, for example, an adhesive layer, a substrate, a layer containing the flat metal particles, a dielectric multilayer film, a hard It may be in the order of the coat layer (FIG. 3C, configuration 3 for external pasting). Moreover, you may have another functional layer and a base material between the dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing flat metal particle.

 (2)基材を介して平板状金属粒子を含む層と誘電多層膜が形成される構成
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、誘電多層膜が基材の一方の面上に形成されており、平板状金属粒子を含む層が、基材の他方の面上に形成されている形態であってもよい。すなわち、誘電多層膜と、平板状金属粒子を含む層が、互いに基材を介して形成されている形態であってもよい。
(2) Configuration in which a layer containing flat metal particles and a dielectric multilayer film are formed via a substrate The infrared shielding film of the present invention has a dielectric multilayer film formed on one surface of the substrate, The form currently formed on the other surface of a base material may be sufficient as the layer containing a flat metal particle. That is, the form in which the dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing flat metal particles are mutually formed through the substrate may be employed.

 かような構成において、平板状金属粒子を含む層と誘電多層膜と基材の位置関係は、光(たとえば、太陽光)が入射する側から、誘電多層膜、基材、平板状金属粒子を含む層、の順で配置されていると好ましい。 In such a configuration, the positional relationship among the layer containing the flat metal particles, the dielectric multilayer film, and the substrate is such that the dielectric multilayer film, the substrate, and the flat metal particles are from the side on which light (for example, sunlight) is incident. It is preferable that the layers are arranged in the order of the layers.

 本構成(2)について、窓ガラスの室内側に本発明の赤外反射フィルムを貼る(内貼り)仕様を採用することができる。これにより、特に高い赤外遮蔽効果を得ることができる。当該使用としては、たとえば、基材の一方の面側に平板状金属粒子を含む層を配置すると共に、その反対側の面に誘電多層膜を配置し、基材を基準として、平板状金属粒子を含む層の上にはハードコート層、誘電多層膜の上には粘着層が積層された形態が、好ましい一例として挙げられる(図3B、内貼り用構成2)。上記積層順の範囲であれば、各層の間にその他の層を挿入しても構わない。 For this configuration (2), it is possible to adopt a specification in which the infrared reflective film of the present invention is pasted (internally pasted) on the indoor side of the window glass. Thereby, a particularly high infrared shielding effect can be obtained. As the use, for example, a layer containing flat metal particles is disposed on one surface side of the base material, and a dielectric multilayer film is disposed on the opposite surface, and the flat metal particles are based on the base material. A preferable example is a form in which a hard coat layer is laminated on the layer containing, and an adhesive layer is laminated on the dielectric multilayer film (FIG. 3B, internal pasting configuration 2). Other layers may be inserted between the layers as long as they are within the above stacking order.

 また、本構成(2)において、窓ガラスの室外側に本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを貼る(外貼り)仕様であってもよい。当該仕様における好ましい一例を挙げると、基材の一方の表面上に誘電多層膜、およびこれを覆うハードコート層の順に積層し、基材の他方の面上に平板状金属粒子を含む層、およびこれを覆う粘着層の順に積層した構成である(図3D、外貼り用構成4)。また、内貼り仕様と同様に、上記積層順の範囲であれば、各層の間にその他の層を挿入しても構わない。 Further, in the present configuration (2), the infrared shielding film of the present invention may be affixed (outside pasting) to the outside of the window glass. As a preferred example in the specification, a dielectric multilayer film on one surface of a base material and a hard coat layer covering the dielectric multilayer film are laminated in this order, and a layer containing flat metal particles on the other surface of the base material, and It is the structure which laminated | stacked in order of the adhesion layer which covers this (FIG. 3D, the structure 4 for external pasting). Further, similarly to the in-applied specification, other layers may be inserted between the respective layers as long as they are within the above-described stacking order.

 なお、上記の内貼り仕様、外貼り仕様のうち、内貼り仕様とするとより好ましい。 In addition, it is more preferable to use the inner-pasting specification among the above-mentioned inner-pasting specifications and outer-pasting specifications.

 内貼り仕様では、粘着層は、基材を基準として、平板状金属粒子を含む層が形成された側ではなく、誘電多層膜が形成された側に配置される。つまり、内貼り仕様では、フィルムをガラス面等に貼付する際、水抜けの効率に大きく関係する平板状金属粒子を含む層に水を吹き付けるのではなく、誘電多層膜とガラス面との間に水を吹き付ける構成となる。したがって、内貼り仕様を採用することにより、水抜けの効率を低下させることなく、良好な密着性を得るという効果を最大に発揮することができる。 In the in-adhesion specification, the adhesive layer is arranged on the side on which the dielectric multilayer film is formed, not on the side on which the layer containing flat metal particles is formed, based on the base material. In other words, in the in-adhesion specification, when a film is applied to a glass surface or the like, water is not sprayed on the layer containing flat metal particles that are greatly related to drainage efficiency, but between the dielectric multilayer film and the glass surface. It becomes the composition which sprays water. Therefore, the effect of obtaining good adhesiveness can be maximized without reducing the efficiency of drainage by adopting the in-bonding specification.

 [赤外遮蔽体]
 本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、幅広い分野に応用することができる。例えば、建物の屋外の窓や自動車窓等長期間太陽光に晒らされる設備に貼り合せ、熱線反射効果を付与する熱線反射フィルム等の窓貼用フィルムや、農業用ビニールハウス用フィルム等として、主として耐候性を高め、ハウス内の温度の過上昇を抑制する目的で用いられる。また、自動車用の合わせガラスなどのガラスとガラスとの間に挟む、自動車用赤外遮蔽フィルムとしても好適に用いられる。この場合、外気ガスから赤外遮蔽フィルムを封止できるため、耐久性の観点から好ましい。
[Infrared shield]
The infrared shielding film of the present invention can be applied to a wide range of fields. For example, as a film for window pasting such as heat ray reflective film that gives heat ray reflection effect, film for agricultural greenhouses, etc. It is mainly used for the purpose of improving the weather resistance and suppressing the excessive increase in the temperature in the house. Moreover, it is used suitably also as an infrared shielding film for motor vehicles pinched | interposed between glass, such as laminated glass for motor vehicles. In this case, since the infrared shielding film can be sealed from outside air gas, it is preferable from the viewpoint of durability.

 特に、本発明に係る赤外遮蔽フィルムは、直接または接着剤を介して、ガラスまたはガラス代替の樹脂などの基体に貼合される部材に好適に用いられる。 Particularly, the infrared shielding film according to the present invention is suitably used for a member to be bonded to a substrate such as glass or a glass substitute resin directly or via an adhesive.

 すなわち、本発明は、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを、基体の少なくとも一方の面に設けてなる赤外遮蔽体を提供する。 That is, this invention provides the infrared shielding body which provides the infrared shielding film of this invention in the at least one surface of a base | substrate.

 基体として好ましいものは、プラスチック基体、金属基体、セラミック基体、布状基体等であり、フィルム状、板状、球状、立方体状、直方体状等様々な形態の基体に本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを設けることができる。これらの中でも、板状のセラミック基体が好ましく、ガラス板に本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを設けた赤外遮蔽体がより好ましい。ガラス板の例としては、例えば、JIS R3202:1996に記載されたフロート板ガラス、および磨き板ガラスが挙げられ、ガラス厚みとしては0.01mm~20mmが好ましい。 Preferable substrates include plastic substrates, metal substrates, ceramic substrates, cloth substrates, etc., and the infrared shielding film of the present invention is applied to substrates of various forms such as film, plate, sphere, cube, and cuboid. Can be provided. Among these, a plate-shaped ceramic substrate is preferable, and an infrared shielding body in which the infrared shielding film of the present invention is provided on a glass plate is more preferable. Examples of the glass plate include float plate glass and polished plate glass described in JIS R3202: 1996, and the glass thickness is preferably 0.01 mm to 20 mm.

 基体に本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムを設ける方法としては、上述のように赤外遮蔽フィルムに粘着層を塗設し、粘着層を介して基体に貼り付ける方法が好適に用いられる。
貼合方法としては、そのまま基体にフィルムを貼る乾式貼合、上述のように水貼り貼合する方法が適応できるが、基体と赤外遮蔽フィルムの間に空気が入らないようにするため、また基体上での赤外遮蔽フィルムの位置決め等、施工のしやすさの観点で水貼り法により貼合することがより好ましい。
As a method for providing the infrared shielding film of the present invention on the substrate, a method in which an adhesive layer is coated on the infrared shielding film as described above, and is attached to the substrate via the adhesive layer is suitably used.
As a pasting method, a dry pasting method in which a film is pasted on a substrate as it is, and a water pasting method as described above can be applied, but in order to prevent air from entering between the substrate and the infrared shielding film, From the viewpoint of ease of construction, such as positioning of the infrared shielding film on the substrate, it is more preferable to bond by a water bonding method.

 本発明の赤外遮蔽体は、本発明の赤外反射フィルムを基体の少なくとも一方の面に設けられた態様であるが、基体の複数面に設けた態様や、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムに複数の基体を設けた態様でも構わない。例えば、上述の板ガラスの両面に本発明の赤外線反射フィルムを設けた態様、本発明の赤外線反射フィルムの両面に粘着層を塗設し、赤外線反射フィルムの両面に上述の板ガラスを貼り合わせた、合わせガラス状の態様でも構わない。 The infrared shielding body of the present invention is an embodiment in which the infrared reflecting film of the present invention is provided on at least one surface of the substrate. However, the infrared shielding film of the present invention or the infrared shielding film of the present invention is provided on a plurality of surfaces of the substrate. An aspect in which a plurality of bases are provided may be used. For example, the aspect which provided the infrared reflective film of this invention on both surfaces of the above-mentioned plate glass, the adhesion layer was coated on both surfaces of the infrared reflective film of this invention, and the above-mentioned plate glass was bonded together on both surfaces of the infrared reflective film. A glass-like aspect may be sufficient.

 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれら実施例に何ら限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」または「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」または「質量%」を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to these examples. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "mass part" or "mass%" is represented.

 (実施例1-1)
 [赤外遮蔽フィルムの製造]
 <平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成>
 (平板状銀粒子含有塗布液の作製)
 2.5mMのクエン酸ナトリウム水溶液50mLに、0.5g/Lのポリスチレンスルホン酸水溶液を2.5mL添加し、35℃まで加熱した。この溶液に10mMの水素化ホウ素ナトリウム水溶液を3mL添加し、0.5mMの硝酸銀水溶液50mLを20mL/minで攪拌しながら添加した。この溶液を30分間攪拌し、種溶液を作製した。
Example 1-1
[Production of infrared shielding film]
<Formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles>
(Preparation of coating solution containing flat silver particles)
2.5 mL of 0.5 g / L polystyrene sulfonic acid aqueous solution was added to 50 mL of 2.5 mM sodium citrate aqueous solution and heated to 35 ° C. To this solution, 3 mL of 10 mM aqueous sodium borohydride solution was added, and 50 mL of 0.5 mM aqueous silver nitrate solution was added with stirring at 20 mL / min. This solution was stirred for 30 minutes to prepare a seed solution.

 次に、2.5mMのクエン酸ナトリウム水溶液132.7mLにイオン交換水87.1mLを添加し、35℃まで加熱した。この溶液に10mMのアスコルビン酸水溶液を2mL添加し、前記種溶液を42.4mL添加し、0.5mMの硝酸銀水溶液79.6mmLを10mL/minで攪拌しながら添加した。30分間攪拌した後、0.35Mのヒドロキノンスルホン酸カリウム水溶液を71.1mL添加し、7質量%ゼラチン水溶液を200g添加した。 Next, 87.1 mL of ion-exchanged water was added to 132.7 mL of a 2.5 mM sodium citrate aqueous solution and heated to 35 ° C. To this solution, 2 mL of 10 mM aqueous ascorbic acid solution was added, 42.4 mL of the seed solution was added, and 79.6 mmL of 0.5 mM aqueous silver nitrate solution was added at 10 mL / min with stirring. After stirring for 30 minutes, 71.1 mL of 0.35 M potassium hydroquinonesulfonate aqueous solution was added, and 200 g of 7 mass% gelatin aqueous solution was added.

 この溶液に、0.25Mの亜硫酸ナトリウム水溶液107mLと0.47Mの硝酸銀水溶液107mLとを混合してできた白色沈殿物混合液を添加した。前記白色沈殿物混合液を添加した後すぐに、0.17MのNaOH水溶液72mLを添加した。このとき、pHが10を超えないように添加速度を調節しながらNaOH水溶液を添加した。これを300分攪拌し、平板状銀粒子が分散した液(平板状銀粒子含有塗布液)を得た。 To this solution, a white precipitate mixed solution prepared by mixing 107 mL of a 0.25 M aqueous sodium sulfite solution and 107 mL of a 0.47 M aqueous silver nitrate solution was added. Immediately after adding the white precipitate mixture, 72 mL of 0.17 M aqueous NaOH was added. At this time, an aqueous NaOH solution was added while adjusting the addition rate so that the pH did not exceed 10. This was stirred for 300 minutes to obtain a liquid in which tabular silver particles were dispersed (a coating liquid containing tabular silver particles).

 得られた平板状銀粒子含有塗布液中には、略六角形状であり平板状である銀粒子が生成していることを確認した。また、以下の方法により測定したところ、平均円相当径が230nm、平均粒子厚みが16nm、アスペクト比が14.3の平板状銀粒子が生成していることが分かった。 In the obtained flat silver particle-containing coating solution, it was confirmed that silver particles having a substantially hexagonal shape and a flat plate shape were formed. Further, when measured by the following method, it was found that flat silver particles having an average equivalent circle diameter of 230 nm, an average grain thickness of 16 nm, and an aspect ratio of 14.3 were generated.

 (平板状銀粒子の評価)
 平板状銀粒子の平均円相当径
 平板状銀粒子の平均円相当径は、観察したSEM画像から任意に抽出した200個の粒子の形状を、略六角形状または略円盤形状の粒子をA、涙型などの不定形形状の粒子をBとして画像解析を行い、Aに該当する粒子100個の円相当径をデジタルノギスで測定し、その平均値を平均円相当径とした。
(Evaluation of tabular silver particles)
Average circle equivalent diameter of tabular silver particles The average circle equivalent diameter of tabular silver particles is the shape of 200 particles arbitrarily extracted from the observed SEM image, A is a substantially hexagonal or substantially disc shaped particle, and tears Image analysis was performed with B having an irregularly shaped particle such as a mold, the equivalent circle diameter of 100 particles corresponding to A was measured with a digital caliper, and the average value was taken as the average equivalent circle diameter.

 平均粒子厚み
 得られた平板状銀粒子含有塗布液を、ガラス基板上に滴下して乾燥し、平板状銀粒子1個の厚みを、原子間力顕微鏡(AFM)(NanocuteII、セイコーインスツル社製)を用いて測定した。なお、AFMを用いた測定条件としては、自己検知型センサー、DFMモード、測定範囲は5μm、走査速度は180秒/1フレーム、データ点数は256×256とした。
Average particle thickness The obtained tabular silver particle-containing coating solution was dropped onto a glass substrate and dried, and the thickness of one tabular silver particle was measured using an atomic force microscope (AFM) (Nanocute II, manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.). ). The measurement conditions using the AFM were a self-detecting sensor, DFM mode, a measurement range of 5 μm, a scanning speed of 180 seconds / frame, and a data point of 256 × 256.

 アスペクト比
 得られた平板状銀粒子の平均円相当径および平均粒子厚みから、平均円相当径を平均粒子厚みで除算して、アスペクト比を算出した。
Aspect Ratio The aspect ratio was calculated by dividing the average equivalent circle diameter by the average grain thickness from the average equivalent circle diameter and the average grain thickness of the obtained tabular silver particles.

 (平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)
 50μm厚みのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(東洋紡株式会社製、A4300:両面易接着層)上に、上記で得られた平板状銀粒子含有塗布液を、上記のようにして求めた面積率が20%になるように、また乾燥膜厚が5μmとなるようにワイヤーバーにより塗布し、120℃の乾燥温度で2分間乾燥し、平板状銀粒子を含む層を形成した。
(Formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles)
On a 50 μm-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (Toyobo Co., Ltd., A4300: double-sided easy-adhesion layer), the area ratio obtained as described above for the flat silver particle-containing coating solution obtained above was 20 %, And a dry film thickness of 5 μm was applied with a wire bar and dried at a drying temperature of 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a layer containing tabular silver particles.

 (平板状銀粒子の配向角の評価)
 作製した平板状銀粒子を含む層を有するフィルムを、エポキシ樹脂で包埋処理した後、液体窒素で凍結した状態で、剃刀で割断し、フィルムの垂直方向断面試料を作製した。この垂直方向断面試料を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で観察して、100個の銀平板粒子について、基材の水平面に対する傾角(絶対値)を平均値として算出した。
(Evaluation of orientation angle of tabular silver particles)
The prepared film having a layer containing tabular silver particles was embedded with an epoxy resin and then cleaved with a razor in a frozen state with liquid nitrogen to prepare a vertical section sample of the film. This vertical section sample was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the inclination angle (absolute value) of the substrate with respect to the horizontal plane was calculated as an average value for 100 silver tabular grains.

 <誘電多層膜No.1-1の作製>
 米国特許第6,049,419号明細書に記載の溶融押し出し方法に従い、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN:屈折率1.65)とポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA:屈折率1.40)との積層体を1ユニットとし、50ユニット(計100層)を積層した後、縦2倍、横2倍に延伸し、熱固定、冷却を行って、物理膜厚がPEN層を159nm、PMMA層を190nmとなるようにして、誘電多層膜No.1-1を作製した。
<Dielectric multilayer film No. 1-1 Production>
In accordance with the melt extrusion method described in US Pat. No. 6,049,419, a laminate of polyethylene naphthalate (PEN: refractive index 1.65) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA: refractive index 1.40) is 1 After stacking 50 units (100 layers in total), stretch 2 times in length and 2 times in width, heat fix and cool so that the physical film thickness is 159 nm for PEN layer and 190 nm for PMMA layer The dielectric multilayer film No. 1-1 was produced.

 <平板状銀粒子を含む層と誘電多層膜No.1-1との貼合>
 作製した誘電多層膜No.1-1を、上記の平板状銀粒子を含む層を有するフィルムと、図3Aに示すような層構成になるように、貼合機により貼合した。このとき、PET基材側の貼合時張力を5kg/m、誘電多層膜側の貼合時張力を5kg/mとし、ニップローラー温度を140℃とし、2m/minの速度で貼合機に通し、積層体を得た。
<Layer containing flat silver particles and dielectric multilayer film No. Bonding with 1-1>
The produced dielectric multilayer film No. 1-1 was bonded with a film having a layer containing the above-mentioned tabular silver particles by a bonding machine so as to have a layer structure as shown in FIG. 3A. At this time, the tension at the time of bonding on the PET base material side is 5 kg / m, the tension at the time of bonding on the dielectric multilayer film side is 5 kg / m, the nip roller temperature is 140 ° C., and the speed is 2 m / min. Through the process, a laminate was obtained.

 <ハードコート層(HC層)の形成>
 メチルエチルケトン溶媒90質量部に、紫外線硬化型ハードコート材(UV-7600B:日本合成化学工業株式会社製、紫外線硬化型ウレタンアクリレート樹脂)7.5質量部を添加し、次いで光重合開始剤(イルガキュア(登録商標)184:チバ・スペシャリティ・ケミカルズ製、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン)0.5質量部を添加し攪拌混合することで、ハードコート層塗布液(HC-1)を作製した。
<Formation of hard coat layer (HC layer)>
To 90 parts by mass of a methyl ethyl ketone solvent, 7.5 parts by mass of an ultraviolet curable hard coat material (UV-7600B: UV curable urethane acrylate resin, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is added, and then a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure ( (Registered Trademark) 184: Ciba Specialty Chemicals, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (0.5 part by mass) was added and mixed by stirring to prepare a hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1).

 次いで、上記で作製した積層体に、図3Aに示す層構成になるように、上記ハードコート層塗布液(HC-1)をワイヤーバーにより塗布し、70℃で、3分間熱風乾燥した。その後大気下で、アイグラフィックス社製の紫外線硬化装置(高圧水銀ランプ使用)にて、硬化条件:400mJ/cmで硬化を行うことで、厚さ2μmのハードコート層を形成した。 Next, the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1) was applied to the laminate produced as described above with a wire bar so as to have the layer structure shown in FIG. 3A, and dried with hot air at 70 ° C. for 3 minutes. Thereafter, in the atmosphere, a hard coat layer having a thickness of 2 μm was formed by curing at a curing condition of 400 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet curing apparatus (using a high-pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by Eye Graphics.

 <粘着層の形成>
 酢酸エチル60質量部とトルエン20質量部とを混合し、さらにアクリル系粘着剤(アロンタック(登録商標)M-300:東亞合成株式会社製)を20g添加し攪拌混合することで粘着剤塗布液を調製した。
<Formation of adhesive layer>
60 parts by mass of ethyl acetate and 20 parts by mass of toluene are mixed, and 20 g of acrylic adhesive (Arontack (registered trademark) M-300: manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) is added and mixed by stirring to obtain an adhesive coating solution. Prepared.

 粘着層は、セパレータフィルムに粘着層を塗設し、その後上記の積層体と貼り合わせる方法を採用した。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer employs a method in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is applied to a separator film and then bonded to the laminate.

 セパレータフィルムとしては25μm厚のポリエステルフィルム(セラピール(登録商標):東洋メタライジング株式会社製)を用いた。セパレータフィルムの上に、粘着剤塗布液をワイヤーバーにより塗布し、80℃で2分間乾燥することにより、厚さ18μmの粘着層が付いたフィルム(粘着層付きフィルム)を作製した。上記で作製した積層体に、図3Aに示す層構成(内貼り用構成1)となるように、粘着層付きフィルムの粘着層表面を貼合機により貼合した。このとき、積層体側の貼合時張力を10kg/m、粘着層付きフィルムの貼合時張力を30kg/mとした。 As the separator film, a 25 μm thick polyester film (Therapel (registered trademark): manufactured by Toyo Metallizing Co., Ltd.) was used. On the separator film, a pressure-sensitive adhesive coating solution was applied with a wire bar and dried at 80 ° C. for 2 minutes to produce a film with a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 18 μm (film with a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer). The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface of the film with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was bonded to the laminate produced as described above so as to have the layer configuration (internal bonding configuration 1) shown in FIG. 3A. At this time, the tension at the time of bonding on the laminated body side was set to 10 kg / m, and the tension at the time of bonding of the film with the adhesive layer was set to 30 kg / m.

 以上のようにして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。 As described above, an infrared shielding film was produced.

 (実施例1-2)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、乾燥温度を100℃としたこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
Example 1-2
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the drying temperature was set to 100 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).

 (実施例1-3)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、乾燥温度を80℃としたこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-3)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the drying temperature was set to 80 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).

 (実施例1-4)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、乾燥温度を65℃としたこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-4)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the drying temperature was set to 65 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).

 (実施例1-5)
 <誘電多層膜No.1-2の作製>
 (低屈折率層用塗布液の調製)
 純水500質量部に、攪拌しながら水溶性樹脂PVA224(株式会社クラレ製、ケン化度88モル%、重合度1000) 10.0質量部を添加し、さらに水溶性樹脂R1130(株式会社クラレ製、シラノール変成ポリビニルアルコール) 5.0質量部、次いで水溶性樹脂AZF8035(日本合成化学工業株式会社製) 2.0質量部を添加し、混合しながら70℃に昇温溶解することで、水溶性樹脂の水溶液を得た。
(Example 1-5)
<Dielectric multilayer film No. Preparation of 1-2>
(Preparation of coating solution for low refractive index layer)
To 500 parts by mass of pure water, 10.0 parts by mass of water-soluble resin PVA224 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree 88 mol%, degree of polymerization 1000) was added, and further water-soluble resin R1130 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.). , Silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol) 5.0 parts by mass, and then 2.0 parts by mass of water-soluble resin AZF8035 (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) are added and dissolved by heating to 70 ° C. while mixing. An aqueous resin solution was obtained.

 次いで、平均粒径が5nmのシリカ微粒子を含む10質量%酸性シリカゾル(スノーテックス(登録商標)OXS:日産化学工業株式会社製)350質量部中に、上記水溶性樹脂水溶液全量を加え混合した。さらにアニオン系界面活性剤として、ラピゾール(登録商標)A30(日油株式会社製)を0.3質量部添加し、1時間攪拌後、純水で1000.0gに仕上げることで低屈折率層用塗布液を調製した。 Next, the entire amount of the water-soluble resin aqueous solution was added and mixed in 350 parts by mass of 10% by mass acidic silica sol (Snowtex (registered trademark) OXS: manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) containing silica fine particles having an average particle diameter of 5 nm. Furthermore, 0.3 parts by mass of Lapisol (registered trademark) A30 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) was added as an anionic surfactant, stirred for 1 hour, and then finished with pure water to 1000.0 g for a low refractive index layer. A coating solution was prepared.

 (二酸化チタンゾル水系分散液の調製)
 二酸化チタン水和物を水に懸濁させた水性懸濁液(TiO濃度100g/L)10L(リットル)に、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(濃度10モル/L)を30L攪拌下で添加し、90℃に昇温し、5時間熟成した後、塩酸で中和、濾過、水洗した。なお、上記反応(処理)において、二酸化チタン水和物は公知の手法に従い、硫酸チタン水溶液を熱加水分解して得られたものを用いた。
(Preparation of titanium dioxide sol aqueous dispersion)
To an aqueous suspension (TiO 2 concentration 100 g / L) 10 L (liter) in which titanium dioxide hydrate is suspended in water, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (concentration 10 mol / L) is added under stirring 30 L, 90 The mixture was heated to 0 ° C. and aged for 5 hours, and then neutralized with hydrochloric acid, filtered, and washed with water. In the above reaction (treatment), titanium dioxide hydrate was obtained by thermal hydrolysis of an aqueous titanium sulfate solution according to a known method.

 塩基処理チタン化合物をTiO濃度20g/Lになるよう純水に懸濁させ、攪拌下クエン酸をTiO量に対し0.4モル%加え昇温した。液温が95℃になったところで、濃塩酸を塩酸濃度30g/Lになるように加え、液温を維持しつつ3時間攪拌した。 The base-treated titanium compound was suspended in pure water so as to have a TiO 2 concentration of 20 g / L, and citric acid was added in an amount of 0.4 mol% with respect to the amount of TiO 2 with stirring, and the temperature was raised. When the liquid temperature reached 95 ° C., concentrated hydrochloric acid was added to a hydrochloric acid concentration of 30 g / L, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature.

 得られた二酸化チタンゾル液のpHおよびゼータ電位を測定したところ、pHは1.4、ゼータ電位は+40mVであった。さらに、マルバーン社製ゼータサイザーナノにより粒径測定を行ったところ、平均粒径は35nm、単分散度は16%であった。また、酸化チタンゾル液を105℃で3時間乾燥させて粒子紛体を得て、日本電子データム社製、JDX-3530型)を用いてX線回折の測定を行い、ルチル型粒子であることを確認した。また体積平均粒径は10nmであった。 When the pH and zeta potential of the obtained titanium dioxide sol solution were measured, the pH was 1.4 and the zeta potential was +40 mV. Furthermore, when the particle size was measured with a Zetasizer Nano manufactured by Malvern, the average particle size was 35 nm, and the monodispersity was 16%. Also, the titanium oxide sol solution was dried at 105 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a particulate powder, and X-ray diffraction measurement was performed using JDX-3530 type manufactured by JEOL Datum Co., Ltd. to confirm that the particles were rutile type particles. did. The volume average particle diameter was 10 nm.

 体積平均粒径10nmのルチル型二酸化チタン微粒子を含む20.0質量%二酸化チタンゾル水系分散液1kgに純水4kgを添加した。 4 kg of pure water was added to 1 kg of a 20.0 mass% titanium dioxide sol aqueous dispersion containing rutile-type titanium dioxide fine particles having a volume average particle diameter of 10 nm.

 (ケイ酸水溶液の調製)
 SiO濃度が2.0質量%のケイ酸水溶液を調製した。
(Preparation of silicic acid aqueous solution)
An aqueous silicic acid solution having a SiO 2 concentration of 2.0 mass% was prepared.

 (シリカ変性二酸化チタン粒子の調製)
 上記の10.0質量%二酸化チタンゾル水系分散液0.5kgに純水2kgを加えた後、90℃に加熱した。次いで、上記ケイ酸水溶液1.3kgを徐々に添加し、ついでオートクレーブ中、175℃で18時間加熱処理を行い、さらに濃縮して、ルチル型構造を有する二酸化チタンで、被覆層がSiOである、20質量%の粒子を得た。
(Preparation of silica-modified titanium dioxide particles)
2 kg of pure water was added to 0.5 kg of the above 10.0% by mass titanium dioxide sol aqueous dispersion, followed by heating to 90 ° C. Next, 1.3 kg of the above silicic acid aqueous solution is gradually added, followed by heat treatment at 175 ° C. for 18 hours in an autoclave, and further concentrated to titanium dioxide having a rutile structure, and the coating layer is SiO 2 . 20% by mass of particles was obtained.

 (高屈折率層用塗布液の調製)
 上記で得られた20.0質量%のシリカ変性二酸化チタン粒子ゾル水系分散液28.9部と、1.92質量%のクエン酸水溶液10.5部と、10質量%のアリルエーテルコポリマー(AKM-0531、日油株式会社製)水溶液2.0部と、3質量%のホウ酸水溶液9.0部を混合して、シリカ変性二酸化チタン粒子分散液を調製した。
(Preparation of coating solution for high refractive index layer)
28.9 parts by weight of the silica-modified titanium dioxide particle sol aqueous dispersion obtained above, 10.5 parts of a 1.92% by weight aqueous citric acid solution, and 10% by weight of an allyl ether copolymer (AKM) -0531 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) 2.0 parts aqueous solution and 9.0 parts 3% by weight boric acid aqueous solution were mixed to prepare a silica-modified titanium dioxide particle dispersion.

 次いで、二酸化チタン分散液を攪拌しながら、純水16.3部に、5.0質量%のポリビニルアルコール(PVA217;株式会社クラレ製)水溶液33.5部を添加した。更に、アニオン性界面活性剤(ラピゾール(登録商標)A30、日油株式会社製)の1質量%水溶液を0.5部添加し、最後に純水で1000部に仕上げて、高屈折率層用塗布液を調製した。 Next, 33.5 parts of a 5.0 mass% aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA217; manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) was added to 16.3 parts of pure water while stirring the titanium dioxide dispersion. Further, 0.5 part of a 1% by weight aqueous solution of an anionic surfactant (Lapisol (registered trademark) A30, manufactured by NOF Corporation) was added, and finally finished to 1000 parts with pure water, for a high refractive index layer. A coating solution was prepared.

 なお、低屈折率層の屈折率は上記の方法により計測したところ、1.44であった。同様に測定した高屈折率層の屈折率は1.92であった。 The refractive index of the low refractive index layer was 1.44 as measured by the above method. The refractive index of the high refractive index layer measured in the same manner was 1.92.

 (誘電多層膜の形成)
 同時多層塗布可能なスライドホッパー塗布装置を用い、上記で調製した低屈折率層用塗布液および高屈折率層用塗布液を、フィルム表面側が低屈折率層となるように、さらに交互に高屈折率層および低屈折率層を積層し、合計積層数が12層になるように、45℃に保温しながらフィルム上に同時重層塗布を行った。その直後、膜面が15℃以下となる条件で冷風を1分間吹き付けてセットさせた後、80℃の温風を吹き付けて乾燥させて、誘電多層膜No.1-2を形成した。SEMにより塗布膜の断面を観察したところ、低屈折率層の膜厚は170nm、高屈折率層の膜厚は130nmであった。
(Formation of dielectric multilayer)
Using a slide hopper applicator that can apply multiple layers at the same time, the coating solution for the low refractive index layer and the coating solution for the high refractive index layer prepared in the above are further refracted alternately so that the film surface side becomes the low refractive index layer. The refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer were laminated, and simultaneous multilayer coating was performed on the film while keeping the temperature at 45 ° C. so that the total number of laminated layers was 12. Immediately after that, after setting the film surface by blowing cold air for 1 minute under the condition that the film surface is 15 ° C. or less, it was dried by blowing hot air of 80 ° C. 1-2 was formed. When the cross section of the coating film was observed by SEM, the film thickness of the low refractive index layer was 170 nm, and the film thickness of the high refractive index layer was 130 nm.

 このようにして、誘電多層膜No.1-1の代わりに誘電多層膜No.1-2を形成したこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。 In this way, the dielectric multilayer film No. In place of 1-1, dielectric multilayer film No. An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that 1-2 was formed.

 (実施例1-6)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、乾燥温度を100℃としたこと以外は、実施例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-6)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the drying temperature was set to 100 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).

 (実施例1-7)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、乾燥温度を80℃としたこと以外は、実施例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-7)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the drying temperature was set to 80 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).

 (実施例1-8)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、乾燥温度を65℃としたこと以外は、実施例5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-8)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the drying temperature was 65 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).

 (実施例1-9)
 ハードコート層塗布液(HC-1)の代わりに、下記のようにして作製したハードコート層塗布液(HC-2)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-9)
Infrared rays were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-2) prepared as follows was used instead of the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1). A shielding film was produced.

 メチルエチルケトン溶媒90質量部に、紫外線硬化型ハードコート材(UV-7600B:日本合成化学工業株式会社製)7.5質量部を添加し、次いで光重合開始剤(イルガキュア(登録商標)184:チバ・スペシャリティ・ケミカルズ製)0.5質量部を添加し、攪拌混合した。次いで、無機赤外吸収剤であるATO粉末(超微粒子ATO:住友金属鉱山株式会社製)を2質量部添加し、ホモジナイザーで高速攪拌することで、赤外吸収剤含有ハードコート層塗布液(HC-2)を作製した。 To 90 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone solvent, 7.5 parts by mass of an ultraviolet curable hard coat material (UV-7600B: manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and then a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure (registered trademark) 184: Ciba 0.5 parts by mass (made by Specialty Chemicals) was added and mixed with stirring. Next, 2 parts by mass of ATO powder (ultrafine particle ATO: manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.), which is an inorganic infrared absorber, is added and stirred at high speed with a homogenizer, whereby an infrared absorber-containing hard coat layer coating solution (HC) -2) was produced.

 (実施例1-10)
 ハードコート層塗布液(HC-1)の代わりに、上記のハードコート層塗布液(HC-2)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
Example 1-10
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the above hard coat layer coating solution (HC-2) was used instead of the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1). .

 (実施例1-11)
 図3Bに示すような層構成(内貼り用構成2)で積層したこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-11)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1, except that the layers were laminated with the layer structure (internal bonding structure 2) as shown in FIG. 3B.

 (実施例1-12)
 図3Bに示すような層構成(内貼り用構成2)で積層したこと以外は、実施例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-12)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the layers were laminated with the layer structure (internal bonding structure 2) as shown in FIG. 3B.

 (実施例1-13)
 図3Cに示すような層構成(外貼り用構成3)で積層したこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-13)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the layers were laminated in a layer configuration (outer attachment configuration 3) as shown in FIG. 3C.

 (実施例1-14)
 図3Cに示すような層構成(外貼り用構成3)で積層したこと以外は、実施例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 1-14)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5, except that the layers were laminated in the layer configuration shown in FIG. 3C (external bonding configuration 3).

 (比較例1-1)
 平板状銀粒子を含む層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを製造した。
(Comparative Example 1-1)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as Example 1-1 except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.

 (比較例1-2)
 誘電多層膜の積層数を200層としたこと以外は、比較例1-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 1-2)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as Comparative Example 1-1 except that the number of dielectric multilayer films was 200.

 (比較例1-3)
 平板状銀粒子を含む層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 1-3)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-5 except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.

 (比較例1-4)
 誘電多層膜の積層数を22層としたこと以外は、比較例1-3と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 1-4)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1-3, except that the number of dielectric multilayer films was 22 layers.

 (比較例1-5)
 誘電積層膜を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例1-4と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 1-5)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-4 except that the dielectric laminated film was not formed.

 (比較例1-6)
 平板状銀粒子を含む層の乾燥後膜厚を12μmとしたこと以外は、比較例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 1-6)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1-5, except that the thickness of the layer containing tabular silver particles was 12 μm after drying.

 (比較例1-7)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、乾燥温度を100℃としたこと以外は、比較例1-5と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 1-7)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1-5 except that the drying temperature was 100 ° C. in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles).

 (評価)
 (赤外反射率)
 3mm厚のフロート板ガラスに貼り付けた赤外遮蔽フィルムを、分光光度計(積分球使用、日本分光株式会社製、V-670型)を用い、850~1150nmの領域における反射率を測定した。測定時、実施例1-13および1-14以外はガラス面から光が入射するように、試料を設置した。これに対して、実施例1-13および1-14のフィルムは、ガラスに貼付したフィルム側から光が入射するように試料を設置した。測定は3回行い、その平均値を求め、赤外反射率とした。
(Evaluation)
(Infrared reflectance)
The reflectance in the region of 850 to 1150 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (integral sphere, manufactured by JASCO Corporation, model V-670) for the infrared shielding film attached to a 3 mm thick float plate glass. At the time of measurement, samples were placed so that light was incident from the glass surface except for Examples 1-13 and 1-14. In contrast, in the films of Examples 1-13 and 1-14, samples were placed so that light was incident from the side of the film attached to the glass. The measurement was performed 3 times, the average value was calculated | required, and it was set as the infrared reflectance.

 (日射吸収率)
 3mm厚のフロート板ガラスに貼り付けた赤外遮蔽フィルムを、分光光度計(積分球使用、日本分光株式会社製、V-670型)を用い、JIS A5759:2008に従い、日射吸収率を測定した。測定時、実施例1-13および1-14以外はガラス面から光が入射するように、試料を設置した。これに対して、実施例1-13および1-14のフィルムは、ガラスに貼付したフィルム側から光が入射するように試料を設置した。測定は3回行い、その平均値を求め、日射吸収率とした。
(Solar radiation absorption rate)
The infrared absorption film affixed to a 3 mm-thick float plate glass was measured for solar absorptance according to JIS A5759: 2008 using a spectrophotometer (integral sphere, manufactured by JASCO Corporation, model V-670). At the time of measurement, samples were placed so that light was incident from the glass surface except for Examples 1-13 and 1-14. In contrast, in the films of Examples 1-13 and 1-14, samples were placed so that light was incident from the side of the film attached to the glass. The measurement was performed three times, and the average value was obtained as the solar radiation absorption rate.

 (ヘイズ値)
 ヘイズメーター(日本電色工業株式会社製、NDH5000)を用いて、JIS K7136:2000に従って測定した。ヘイズ値1.5以下が実用的である。
(Haze value)
It measured according to JISK7136: 2000 using the haze meter (The Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. make, NDH5000). A haze value of 1.5 or less is practical.

 (耐久性の評価)
 3mm厚のフロート板ガラスに貼り付けた赤外遮蔽フィルムを、1年間屋外に放置した。その際、太陽光の入射について、実施例1-13および14以外はガラス面から太陽光が入射するように、試料を設置した。これに対して、実施例1-13および1-14のフィルムは、ガラスに貼付したフィルム側から太陽光が入射するように試料を設置した。評価は分光光度計(積分球使用、日本分光株式会社製、V-670型)で放置前後のLab値からΔEを算出し、色味の変化を測定した。ΔEで0.5以下が実用的である。
(Durability evaluation)
The infrared shielding film affixed to the 3 mm-thick float plate glass was left outdoors for one year. At that time, with respect to the incidence of sunlight, samples were placed so that sunlight was incident from the glass surface except for Examples 1-13 and 14. On the other hand, for the films of Examples 1-13 and 1-14, samples were placed so that sunlight was incident from the film side attached to the glass. Evaluation was made by calculating ΔE from the Lab value before and after being left standing with a spectrophotometer (using an integrating sphere, manufactured by JASCO Corporation, model V-670), and measuring the change in color. A ΔE of 0.5 or less is practical.

 実施例1-1~1-14および比較例1-1~1-7で得られた赤外遮蔽フィルムの構成および評価結果を、下記表2にそれぞれ示す。 The structures and evaluation results of the infrared shielding films obtained in Examples 1-1 to 1-14 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-7 are shown in Table 2 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006

 上記表2に示す通り、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、高い赤外反射率および高い透明性を実現するにもかかわらず、長期の使用でも変色等の問題はみられない。 As shown in Table 2 above, although the infrared shielding film of the present invention achieves high infrared reflectance and high transparency, problems such as discoloration are not observed even in long-term use.

 また、一般には日射吸収率が高いほど、フィルムの発熱が大きくなるが、実施例1-9および1-10のような赤外吸収層を有し、日射吸収率が高くなるフィルムであっても、経時的な変色が抑えられている。これは、変色箇所である平板状銀粒子を含む層と発熱が起きる赤外吸収層とが基材を介して離れているため、平板状銀粒子を含む層への発熱の影響が小さいからと考えられる。 In general, the higher the solar absorptivity, the greater the heat generation of the film. However, even a film having an infrared absorbing layer as in Examples 1-9 and 1-10 and having a higher solar absorptivity. , Discoloration over time is suppressed. This is because the layer containing tabular silver particles, which are discolored portions, and the infrared absorbing layer where heat generation occurs are separated via the base material, so the influence of heat generation on the layer containing tabular silver particles is small. Conceivable.

 (実施例2-1)
 [赤外遮蔽フィルムの製造]
 <平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成>
 (平板状銀粒子含有塗布液の作製)
 上記実施例1-1における(平板状銀粒子含有塗布液の作製)と同様であるため、ここでは説明を省略する。
Example 2-1
[Production of infrared shielding film]
<Formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles>
(Preparation of coating solution containing flat silver particles)
Since this is the same as (preparation of flat silver particle-containing coating solution) in Example 1-1, description thereof is omitted here.

 (平板状銀粒子の評価)
 上記実施例1-1における(平板状銀粒子の評価)と同様であるため、ここでは説明を省略する。
(Evaluation of tabular silver particles)
Since this is the same as (Evaluation of tabular silver particles) in Example 1-1, description thereof is omitted here.

 (平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)
 上記で得られた平板状銀粒子含有塗布液を、表3に記載された面積率となるように(たとえば実施例2-1では、12%である)水で希釈した溶液を調製した。この溶液を、50μm厚みのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(東洋紡株式会社製、A4300:両面易接着層)上に、ワイヤーバーを用いて塗布し、70℃の乾燥温度で2分間乾燥し、平板状銀粒子を含む層を形成した。なお、このとき、乾燥膜厚が0.03μmとなるように塗布した。平板状銀粒子の付量は20.4mg/mであった。
(Formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles)
A solution obtained by diluting the tabular silver particle-containing coating solution obtained above with water so as to have an area ratio shown in Table 3 (for example, 12% in Example 2-1) was prepared. This solution was applied onto a 50 μm-thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (Toyobo Co., Ltd., A4300: double-sided easy-adhesion layer) using a wire bar, and dried at a drying temperature of 70 ° C. for 2 minutes. A layer containing silver particles was formed. In addition, it apply | coated so that a dry film thickness might be 0.03 micrometer at this time. The amount of tabular silver particles applied was 20.4 mg / m 2 .

 (平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)
 上記のように作製した平板状銀粒子を含む層を有するフィルムについて、面積率を測定するため、走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所社製、S-5000)を用いて平板状銀粒子を含む層の表面を観察した。このとき、倍率を30,000倍として観察し、得られたSEM画像を二値化し、銀粒子の存在部分と、非存在部分の面積を計算して実測の面積率を求めた。さらに、測定箇所を変えて同様の手順で実測の面積率cを3か所において求め、この平均をとって平板状銀粒子が占める面積率Cとした。その結果、面積率Cは12%であった。
(Evaluation of area ratio occupied by tabular silver particles)
In order to measure the area ratio of the film having a layer containing tabular silver particles produced as described above, the layer containing tabular silver particles was measured using a scanning electron microscope (S-5000, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The surface was observed. At this time, the magnification was observed at 30,000 times, and the obtained SEM image was binarized, and the area of the silver particle existing part and the non-existing part was calculated to obtain the actual area ratio. Furthermore, the measurement area ratio c was obtained at three places by changing the measurement location in the same procedure, and this average was taken as the area ratio C occupied by the tabular silver particles. As a result, the area ratio C was 12%.

 なお、以降の実施例および比較例について、上記と同様の手順で計測された面積率Cを表3に示す。 Table 3 shows the area ratio C measured in the same procedure as described above for the following examples and comparative examples.

 (平板状銀粒子の配向角の評価)
 作製した平板状銀粒子を含む層を有するフィルムを、エポキシ樹脂で包埋処理した後、液体窒素で凍結した状態で、剃刀で割断し、フィルムの垂直方向断面試料を作製した。この垂直方向断面試料を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で観察して、100個の銀平板粒子について、基材の水平面に対する傾角(絶対値)を平均値として算出した。その結果、得られた平板状銀粒子の配向角は、5~15°の範囲内であった。
(Evaluation of orientation angle of tabular silver particles)
The prepared film having a layer containing tabular silver particles was embedded with an epoxy resin and then cleaved with a razor in a frozen state with liquid nitrogen to prepare a vertical section sample of the film. This vertical section sample was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the inclination angle (absolute value) of the substrate with respect to the horizontal plane was calculated as an average value for 100 silver tabular grains. As a result, the orientation angle of the obtained tabular silver particles was in the range of 5 to 15 °.

 <ハードコート層(HC層)の形成>
 上記実施例1-1と同様に、ハードコート層塗布液(HC-1)を作製した。
<Formation of hard coat layer (HC layer)>
A hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1.

 次いで、上記で作製した積層体に、図3Bに示す層構成になるように、上記ハードコート層塗布液(HC-1)をワイヤーバーにより塗布し、70℃で、3分間熱風乾燥した。その後大気下で、アイグラフィックス社製の紫外線硬化装置(高圧水銀ランプ使用)にて、硬化条件:400mJ/cmで硬化を行うことで、厚さ3μmのハードコート層を形成した。なお、ハードコート層の厚みは、SEMによりハードコート層の断面を観察することにより求めた。 Next, the hard coat layer coating solution (HC-1) was applied to the laminate prepared above with a wire bar so as to have the layer structure shown in FIG. 3B, and dried with hot air at 70 ° C. for 3 minutes. Thereafter, in the atmosphere, a hard coat layer having a thickness of 3 μm was formed by curing at a curing condition of 400 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet curing apparatus (using a high-pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by I Graphics. The thickness of the hard coat layer was determined by observing the cross section of the hard coat layer with SEM.

 <誘電多層膜No.2-1の作製>
 上記実施例1-1における誘電多層膜No.1-1と同様の方法によって、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN:屈折率1.65)とポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA:屈折率1.40)との積層体を1ユニットとし、120ユニット(計240層)を積層した後、縦2倍、横2倍に延伸し、熱固定、冷却を行って、物理膜厚がPEN層を159nm、PMMA層を190nmとなるようにして、誘電多層膜No.2-1を作製した。
<Dielectric multilayer film No. Production of 2-1>
Dielectric multilayer film No. 1 in Example 1-1 above. In the same manner as in 1-1, a laminate of polyethylene naphthalate (PEN: refractive index 1.65) and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA: refractive index 1.40) is taken as one unit, and 120 units (a total of 240 layers) After being laminated, the film is stretched twice in length and twice in width, heat-set and cooled, so that the physical film thickness is 159 nm for the PEN layer and 190 nm for the PMMA layer. 2-1.

 <基材と誘電多層膜No.2-1との貼合>
 作製した誘電多層膜No.2-1を、上記の平板状銀粒子を含む層を有するフィルムと、図3Bに示すような層構成になるように、貼合機により貼合した。すなわち、平板状銀粒子を含む層が形成されていない側の基材表面上に、誘電多層膜No.2-1を貼合した。このとき、PET基材側の貼合時張力を5kg/m、誘電多層膜側の貼合時張力を5kg/mとし、ニップローラー温度を140℃とし、2m/minの速度で貼合機に通し、積層体を得た。
<Base material and dielectric multilayer film No. Bonding with 2-1>
The produced dielectric multilayer film No. 2-1 was bonded with a film having a layer containing the above-mentioned tabular silver particles by a bonding machine so as to have a layer structure as shown in FIG. 3B. That is, on the surface of the base material on the side where the layer containing tabular silver particles is not formed, the dielectric multilayer film No. 2-1 was pasted. At this time, the tension at the time of bonding on the PET base material side is 5 kg / m, the tension at the time of bonding on the dielectric multilayer film side is 5 kg / m, the nip roller temperature is 140 ° C., and the speed is 2 m / min. Through the process, a laminate was obtained.

 <粘着層の形成>
 上記実施例1-1と同様に、粘着剤塗布液を作成した。
<Formation of adhesive layer>
A pressure-sensitive adhesive coating solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1.

 粘着層は、セパレータフィルムに粘着層を塗設し、その後上記の積層体と貼り合わせる方法を採用した。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer employs a method in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is applied to a separator film and then bonded to the laminate.

 セパレータフィルムとしては25μm厚のポリエステルフィルム(セラピール(登録商標):東洋メタライジング株式会社製)を用いた。セパレータフィルムの上に、粘着剤塗布液をワイヤーバーにより塗布し、80℃で2分間乾燥することにより、厚さ20μmの粘着層が付いたフィルム(粘着層付きフィルム)を作製した。なお、粘着層の厚みは、SEMにより粘着層の断面を観察することにより求めた。 As the separator film, a 25 μm thick polyester film (Therapel (registered trademark): manufactured by Toyo Metallizing Co., Ltd.) was used. On the separator film, a pressure-sensitive adhesive coating solution was applied with a wire bar and dried at 80 ° C. for 2 minutes to prepare a film (adhesive layer-attached film) having an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 μm. In addition, the thickness of the adhesion layer was calculated | required by observing the cross section of an adhesion layer by SEM.

 そして、上記で作製した積層体に、図3Bに示す層構成(内貼り用構成2、内貼り用)となるように、粘着層付きフィルムの粘着層表面を貼合機により貼合した。このとき、積層体側の貼合時張力を10kg/m、粘着層付きフィルムの貼合時張力を30kg/mとした。 And the adhesion layer surface of the film with an adhesion layer was bonded to the laminated body produced above by the bonding machine so that it might become the layer composition shown in Drawing 3B (configuration 2 for internal pasting, for internal pasting). At this time, the tension at the time of bonding on the laminated body side was set to 10 kg / m, and the tension at the time of bonding of the film with the adhesive layer was set to 30 kg / m.

 以上のようにして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。 As described above, an infrared shielding film was produced.

 (実施例2-2)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が28.9mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は17%であった。
(Example 2-2)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 28.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 17%.

 (実施例2-3)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が96.9mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は57%であった。
(Example 2-3)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 96.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 57%.

 (実施例2-4)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が149.6mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は88%であった。
(Example 2-4)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 149.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 88%.

 (実施例2-5)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が163.2mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は96%であった。
(Example 2-5)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 163.2 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 96%.

 (実施例2-6)
 上記の実施例2-1において、誘電多層膜No.2-1の代わりに、以下に示す誘電多層膜No.2-2を形成したこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Example 2-6)
In Example 2-1, the dielectric multilayer film No. Instead of 2-1, the following dielectric multilayer film No. An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that 2-2 was formed.

 <誘電多層膜No.2-2の作製>
 上記実施例1-5における誘電多層膜No.1-2と同様にして、誘電多層膜No.2-2を作製した。
<Dielectric multilayer film No. Preparation of 2-2>
Dielectric multilayer film No. 1 in Example 1-5 above. In the same manner as in 1-2, the dielectric multilayer film No. 2-2 was produced.

 (実施例2-7)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が28.9mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は17%であった。
(Example 2-7)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 28.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, the area ratio was 17% in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles).

 (実施例2-8)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が68mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は40%であった。
(Example 2-8)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 68 mg / m 2. did. At this time, the area ratio was 40% in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles).

 (実施例2-9)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が96.9mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なお、このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は57%であった。
(Example 2-9)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 96.9 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 57%.

 (実施例2-10)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が132.6mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は78%であった。
(Example 2-10)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 132.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 78%.

 (実施例2-11)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が149.6mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なお、このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は88%であった。
(Example 2-11)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 149.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 88%.

 (実施例2-12)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が154.7mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は91%であった。
(Example 2-12)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 154.7 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of the area ratio occupied by the tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 91%.

 (実施例2-13)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が163.2mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なお、このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は96%であった。
(Example 2-13)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 163.2 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by tabular silver particles), the area ratio was 96%.

 (実施例2-14)
 図3Dに示すような層構成(外貼り用構成4)で積層したこと、また、上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が96.9mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なお、このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は57%であった。
(Example 2-14)
In the above-described layered structure (outer pasting structure 4) as shown in FIG. 3D, and in the above (formation of a layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles is 96.9 mg / m. An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that it was 2 . At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 57%.

 (実施例2-15)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が149.6mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-14と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なお、このとき、上記(平板状銀粒子が占める面積率の評価)において、面積率は88%であった。
(Example 2-15)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-14 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 149.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, in the above (evaluation of area ratio occupied by flat silver particles), the area ratio was 88%.

 (実施例2-16)
 図3Dに示すような層構成(外貼り用構成4、外貼り用)で積層したこと、また、上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が96.9mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なお、このとき、面積率は57%であった。
(Example 2-16)
In the above-described layered structure (outer pasting configuration 4, outer pasting) as shown in FIG. 3D, and in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles is 96. An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that it was 0.9 mg / m 2 . At this time, the area ratio was 57%.

 (実施例2-17)
 上記の(平板状銀粒子を含む層の形成)において、平板状銀粒子の付量が132.6mg/mであったこと以外は、実施例2-16と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なおこのとき、面積率は78%であった。
(Example 2-17)
Infrared shielding film in the same manner as in Example 2-16 except that in the above (formation of layer containing tabular silver particles), the amount of tabular silver particles was 132.6 mg / m 2. Was made. At this time, the area ratio was 78%.

 (比較例2-1)
 平板状銀粒子を含む層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを製造した。
(Comparative Example 2-1)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.

 (比較例2-2)
 平板状銀粒子を含む層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例2-6と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 2-2)
An infrared shielding film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-6 except that the layer containing tabular silver particles was not formed.

 (比較例2-3)
 誘電多層膜および平板状金属粒子を含む層を形成せず、代わりに、図3E(層構成5)に示すように、基材を介して、金属反射膜をそれぞれ1層ずつ形成したこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして、赤外遮蔽フィルムを作製した。なお、金属反射膜は、下記のように形成した。
(Comparative Example 2-3)
The dielectric multilayer film and the layer containing the flat metal particles are not formed. Instead, as shown in FIG. 3E (layer structure 5), the metal reflective films are formed one by one through the substrate. In the same manner as in Example 2-1, an infrared shielding film was produced. The metal reflective film was formed as follows.

 30cm×30cmサイズで50μm厚みのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム(東洋紡製A4300:両面易接着層)を真空蒸着装置の真空槽へ入れ、室内を1.33×10-3Pa(10-5torr)まで真空にし、フィルムの温度を50℃に保持した。真空槽内には2個の蒸発ボードを設置し、それぞれ銀の棒と、酸化インジウムの粉末を入れた。まず酸化インジウムを1200℃に加熱し、10Å/秒の蒸着速度で350Å厚みの酸化インジウム被膜を形成した。次いで銀を1400℃に加熱し、20Å/秒の速度で酸化インジウム皮膜状に100Åの銀被膜を形成した。再度、上記と同条件、同膜厚の酸化インジウム被膜を形成し、さらに再度、上記と同条件、膜厚の銀被膜を形成し、最後に同じく同条件、膜厚の酸化インジウム皮膜を形成することにより、金属反射膜を形成した。また、PET基材の裏面にも同様の処理を施し、両面に金属蒸着反射膜を形成した。 A polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (Toyobo's A4300: double-sided easy-adhesion layer) of 30 cm × 30 cm size and 50 μm thickness is placed in a vacuum chamber of a vacuum deposition apparatus, and the room is 1.33 × 10 −3 Pa (10 −5 torr) Until the film temperature was maintained at 50 ° C. Two evaporation boards were installed in the vacuum chamber, and a silver bar and indium oxide powder were placed in each of them. First, indium oxide was heated to 1200 ° C., and an indium oxide film having a thickness of 350 Å was formed at a deposition rate of 10 Å / second. Next, the silver was heated to 1400 ° C. to form a 100 銀 silver film in the form of an indium oxide film at a rate of 20 Å / sec. Again, an indium oxide film with the same film thickness is formed, and again, a silver film with the same film thickness is formed again, and finally an indium oxide film with the same film thickness is formed. Thus, a metal reflection film was formed. Moreover, the same process was performed also on the back surface of PET base material, and the metal vapor deposition reflective film was formed in both surfaces.

 (評価)
 (遮蔽性能:遮蔽係数、熱貫流率)
 3mm厚のフロート板ガラスに貼り付けた赤外遮蔽フィルムを、分光光度計(積分球使用、日本分光株式会社製、V-670型)を用い、JIS A5759:2008に従い、遮蔽係数、熱貫流率を測定した。測定時、実施例および比較例のサンプルについて、いずれもガラス面から光が入射するように、試料を設置した。測定は3回行い、その平均値を求め、それぞれ、遮蔽係数、熱貫流率とした。
(Evaluation)
(Shielding performance: shielding coefficient, thermal conductivity)
Using a spectrophotometer (integral sphere, manufactured by JASCO Corporation, Model V-670), the infrared shielding film attached to a 3 mm thick float plate glass was used to determine the shielding coefficient and thermal conductivity according to JIS A5759: 2008. It was measured. At the time of measurement, the sample was placed so that light was incident on the glass surface of each of the examples and comparative examples. The measurement was performed 3 times, the average value was calculated | required, and it was set as the shielding coefficient and the heat transmissivity, respectively.

 (接着性)
 水貼り後の水分乾燥状態を測定する目的で、水貼り後の接着性(粘着力)を評価した。上記実施例及び比較例の赤外遮蔽フィルムを250×25mmにカットし、125×5×厚み3mmのフロート板ガラスに、JIS A5759:2008に記載されている態様になるように貼った。ただし、貼る際にガラス面、およびフィルム粘着層表面に施工液を吹き付けて貼り合わせ、JIS Z0237:2009に記載されているローラーをフィルムの上で20往復させて貼り合わせた。なお、施工液は、水1000gに中性洗剤ジョイ(登録商標、P&G社製)2gを加えて調製した液体である。
(Adhesiveness)
The adhesiveness (adhesive strength) after water application was evaluated for the purpose of measuring the moisture dry state after water application. The infrared shielding films of the above Examples and Comparative Examples were cut to 250 × 25 mm and pasted on a float plate glass of 125 × 5 × 3 mm thickness so as to be in the form described in JIS A5759: 2008. However, at the time of pasting, the working liquid was sprayed and bonded to the glass surface and the surface of the film adhesive layer, and the roller described in JIS Z0237: 2009 was reciprocated 20 times on the film for pasting. The construction liquid is a liquid prepared by adding 2 g of neutral detergent Joy (registered trademark, manufactured by P & G) to 1000 g of water.

 上記のようにしてフィルムを貼った後、10℃の冷蔵庫に保存し、時間を追って取り出しJIS A5759:2008に記載の180°剥離試験を行った。施工液を付けない状態で貼った場合は、剥離力12N/25mm(完全接着状態)となるが、施工液を付けた場合で完全接着状態となるまでの時間(日数)を測定した。3日以内で完全接着状態まで達するのが実用的な範囲である。 After pasting the film as described above, the film was stored in a refrigerator at 10 ° C., taken out with time, and subjected to a 180 ° peel test described in JIS A5759: 2008. When it was pasted without applying the construction liquid, the peeling force was 12 N / 25 mm (completely adhered state), but the time (days) until the completely adhered state was reached when the construction liquid was applied was measured. It is a practical range to reach a completely bonded state within 3 days.

 (防カビ効果)
 3mm厚のフロート板ガラスに貼り付けた赤外遮蔽フィルムを、25℃、80%RHの環境下で120日間放置した。放置後のフィルム端部の変色を評価した。この変色は誘電体積層膜のカビ発生による変色(カビの浸食)で、カビの浸食がフィルム端部から3mm未満であると、実用上の問題とはならないレベルである。
(Anti-mold effect)
The infrared shielding film affixed to the 3 mm-thick float plate glass was left for 120 days in an environment of 25 ° C. and 80% RH. Discoloration of the film edge after standing was evaluated. This discoloration is discoloration (mold erosion) due to the generation of mold in the dielectric laminated film. If the mold erosion is less than 3 mm from the end of the film, it is at a level that does not cause a practical problem.

 実施例2-1~2-17および比較例2-1~2-3で得られた赤外遮蔽フィルムの構成および評価結果を、下記表3にそれぞれ示す。 The structures and evaluation results of the infrared shielding films obtained in Examples 2-1 to 2-17 and Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-3 are shown in Table 3 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007

 上記表3に示す通り、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、完全密着状態となるまでにかかる日数が3日以下と短く、密着性が良好である。また、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、遮蔽係数が0.65以下であると共に、熱貫流率が5.0以下であり、優れた遮熱効果および断熱効果を有している。さらに、本発明の赤外遮蔽フィルムは、カビの浸食が3mm未満と非常に小さいことから、防カビ効果もまた有しているといえる。 As shown in Table 3 above, the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a short adhesion time of 3 days or less and a good adhesion. In addition, the infrared shielding film of the present invention has a shielding coefficient of 0.65 or less and a thermal conductivity of 5.0 or less, and has an excellent heat shielding effect and heat insulating effect. Furthermore, it can be said that the infrared shielding film of the present invention also has an antifungal effect because mold erosion is very small at less than 3 mm.

 特に、実施例2-9および実施例2-10は、遮蔽係数が0.60未満であり、熱貫流率が4.0未満であることから、遮蔽効果に優れているといえる。さらに、これらの実施例の赤外遮蔽フィルムでは、完全密着状態となるまでに要する時間が1日と極めて短く、また、カビにも浸食されなかったことから、密着性、遮熱効果、断熱効果、防カビ効果共に極めて優れた結果が得られた。 In particular, it can be said that Examples 2-9 and 2-10 have an excellent shielding effect because the shielding coefficient is less than 0.60 and the thermal conductivity is less than 4.0. Furthermore, in the infrared shielding films of these examples, the time required to be in a complete contact state was as short as 1 day, and since it was not eroded by mold, adhesion, heat shielding effect, heat insulation effect The antifungal effect was extremely excellent.

 また、実施例2-9と実施例2-16を比較すると、実施例2-9の方が遮蔽係数、熱貫流率ともに小さく、また、実施例2-10と実施例2-17とを比較すると、実施例2-10の方が遮蔽係数、熱貫流率ともに小さいことから、内貼り用構成2、すなわち内貼り仕様の構成において、より高い遮熱効果および遮蔽効果を得ることができるといえる。 In addition, when Example 2-9 and Example 2-16 are compared, Example 2-9 has a smaller shielding coefficient and thermal conductivity, and Example 2-10 and Example 2-17 are compared. Then, since Example 2-10 has a smaller shielding coefficient and thermal conductivity, it can be said that a higher heat shielding effect and shielding effect can be obtained in the in-applied configuration 2, that is, the in-applied specification configuration. .

 一方、実施例2-1および実施例2-6のフィルムについて、銀粒子が占める面積率が15%未満であるものは遮蔽係数や熱貫流率が大きく、遮熱効果や断熱効果が比較的低くなる傾向にあることが示されている。また、このような銀粒子が占める面積率が15%未満であるフィルムでは、カビの浸食が3mm以上であり、防カビ効果が比較的低くなる傾向があるといえる。さらに、実施例2-5および実施例2-12のように、銀粒子が占める面積率が90%以上であるものは、遮蔽係数や熱貫流率は十分に小さいが、完全密着状態となるまでに比較的長い期間を要することが示された。 On the other hand, in the films of Example 2-1 and Example 2-6, those having an area ratio occupied by silver particles of less than 15% have a large shielding coefficient and heat transmissivity, and a relatively low heat shielding effect and heat insulation effect. It is shown that there is a tendency to become. Moreover, in the film in which the area ratio occupied by such silver particles is less than 15%, mold erosion is 3 mm or more, and it can be said that the mold prevention effect tends to be relatively low. Furthermore, as in Example 2-5 and Example 2-12, in which the area ratio occupied by the silver particles is 90% or more, the shielding coefficient and the heat transmissivity are sufficiently small, but until the complete contact state is achieved. It was shown that it takes a relatively long period of time.

 さらに、本出願は、2012年4月5日に出願された日本特許出願番号2012-086590号、および、同日に出願された日本特許出願番号2012-086594号に基づいており、その開示内容は、参照され、全体として、組み入れられている。 Furthermore, this application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-086590 filed on April 5, 2012, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-086594 filed on the same date, Referenced and incorporated in its entirety.

1、12  基材、
2、13  平板状金属粒子を含む層、
3  平板状金属粒子、
11  ハードコート層、
14  誘電多層膜、
15  粘着層、
16  セパレータ、
17  金属反射膜。
1, 12 base material,
2, 13 Layers containing flat metal particles,
3 flat metal particles,
11 Hard coat layer,
14 Dielectric multilayer,
15 adhesive layer,
16 separator,
17 Metal reflective film.

Claims (11)

 基材と、
 高屈折率層および低屈折率層からなる誘電多層膜と、
 平板状金属粒子を含む層と、
を有する、赤外遮蔽フィルム。
A substrate;
A dielectric multilayer film composed of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer;
A layer containing tabular metal particles;
An infrared shielding film having:
 前記誘電多層膜は、前記平板状金属粒子を含む層よりも光の入射側に設けられている、請求項1に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。 2. The infrared shielding film according to claim 1, wherein the dielectric multilayer film is provided closer to a light incident side than a layer including the flat metal particles.  前記平板状金属粒子の主平面が前記基材の表面に対して0°~±30°の角度で面配向している、請求項1または2に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。 The infrared shielding film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the main plane of the flat metal particles is plane-oriented at an angle of 0 ° to ± 30 ° with respect to the surface of the substrate.  前記平板状金属粒子を含む層と前記誘電多層膜とが、前記基材を介して形成されている、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。 The infrared shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the layer containing the flat metal particles and the dielectric multilayer film are formed via the base material.  前記基材の面積をA、前記平板状金属粒子による占有面積をBとしたとき、下記式1で表される面積率Cが、15%以上90%未満である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
The area ratio C represented by the following formula 1 is 15% or more and less than 90%, where A is the area of the substrate and B is the area occupied by the flat metal particles. The infrared shielding film of Claim 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
 前記平板状金属粒子を含む層上に積層されたハードコート層と、
 前記誘電多層膜上に積層された粘着層と、をさらに含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。
A hard coat layer laminated on the layer containing the flat metal particles,
The infrared shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising an adhesive layer laminated on the dielectric multilayer film.
 前記平板状金属粒子を含む層は、平板状銀粒子を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。 The infrared shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the layer containing tabular metal particles includes tabular silver particles.  前記高屈折率層および前記低屈折率層が金属酸化物粒子を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。 The infrared shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer contain metal oxide particles.  前記誘電多層膜は、水溶性高分子を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。 The infrared shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the dielectric multilayer film includes a water-soluble polymer.  赤外吸収層をさらに含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルム。 The infrared shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising an infrared absorbing layer.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の赤外遮蔽フィルムを、基体の少なくとも一方の面に設けてなる、赤外遮蔽体。 An infrared shielding body comprising the infrared shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 10 provided on at least one surface of a substrate.
PCT/JP2013/060340 2012-04-05 2013-04-04 Infrared-shielding film and infrared-shielding element Ceased WO2013151136A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380018223.4A CN104245303A (en) 2012-04-05 2013-04-04 Infrared-shielding film and infrared-shielding element

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-086594 2012-04-05
JP2012086590 2012-04-05
JP2012086594 2012-04-05
JP2012-086590 2012-04-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013151136A1 true WO2013151136A1 (en) 2013-10-10

Family

ID=49300614

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/060340 Ceased WO2013151136A1 (en) 2012-04-05 2013-04-04 Infrared-shielding film and infrared-shielding element

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2013151136A1 (en)
CN (1) CN104245303A (en)
WO (1) WO2013151136A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015098119A (en) * 2013-11-19 2015-05-28 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Window sticking film
JP2015174236A (en) * 2014-03-13 2015-10-05 日立マクセル株式会社 Transparent heat-shielding and heat-insulating member
WO2015190536A1 (en) * 2014-06-12 2015-12-17 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical reflection film, and optical reflection body
US20160282529A1 (en) * 2015-03-27 2016-09-29 Hitachi Maxell, Ltd. Transparent heat-shielding member
JP2017003662A (en) * 2015-06-05 2017-01-05 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Dielectric multilayer film
WO2017094453A1 (en) * 2015-11-30 2017-06-08 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Laminated glass
JP2018106054A (en) * 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Film for glass, and glass
KR102056469B1 (en) 2018-05-08 2019-12-16 한국과학기술원 Transparent structure capable of blocking ultraviolet rays and infrared rays

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101869157B1 (en) * 2015-09-23 2018-06-19 김훈래 Sensor cover laminates for vehicle adjusting color and penetrating electronic waves
CN107933033A (en) * 2017-12-29 2018-04-20 常州山由帝杉防护材料制造有限公司 With heat-insulating and energy-saving effect fenestrated membrane and include its glassware
TWI733447B (en) * 2020-05-13 2021-07-11 均霈光學股份有限公司 Mid-infrared emission lens and manufacturing method thereof
CN114179483A (en) * 2021-12-24 2022-03-15 扬州众想科技绝缘材料有限公司 Polyimide aluminizer and preparation method thereof

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1165464A (en) * 1997-08-22 1999-03-05 Nitto Denko Corp Optical film and plasma display device
JP2001310407A (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-06 Teijin Ltd Transparent laminated film
JP2005514669A (en) * 2002-01-11 2005-05-19 エスケイシー リミテッド Filter for plasma display panel
JP2006126315A (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-05-18 Toray Ind Inc Optical filter
JP2009144188A (en) * 2007-12-12 2009-07-02 Fujifilm Corp Flat metal particles, production method thereof, flat metal particle-containing composition, and infrared absorbing material
JP2011000723A (en) * 2009-06-16 2011-01-06 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Heat shielding article, method for manufacturing heat shielding article, and outdoor building member
JP2011253094A (en) * 2010-06-03 2011-12-15 Fujifilm Corp Heat ray shielding material
JP2011252213A (en) * 2010-06-03 2011-12-15 Fujifilm Corp Silver tabular grain and method for manufacturing the same, silver tabular grain contained composition containing the silver tabular grain, and film using the silver tabular grain contained composition
WO2012014654A1 (en) * 2010-07-24 2012-02-02 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Near-infrared reflective film, method for manufacturing near-infrared reflective film, and near-infrared reflector

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1165464A (en) * 1997-08-22 1999-03-05 Nitto Denko Corp Optical film and plasma display device
JP2001310407A (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-06 Teijin Ltd Transparent laminated film
JP2005514669A (en) * 2002-01-11 2005-05-19 エスケイシー リミテッド Filter for plasma display panel
JP2006126315A (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-05-18 Toray Ind Inc Optical filter
JP2009144188A (en) * 2007-12-12 2009-07-02 Fujifilm Corp Flat metal particles, production method thereof, flat metal particle-containing composition, and infrared absorbing material
JP2011000723A (en) * 2009-06-16 2011-01-06 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Heat shielding article, method for manufacturing heat shielding article, and outdoor building member
JP2011253094A (en) * 2010-06-03 2011-12-15 Fujifilm Corp Heat ray shielding material
JP2011252213A (en) * 2010-06-03 2011-12-15 Fujifilm Corp Silver tabular grain and method for manufacturing the same, silver tabular grain contained composition containing the silver tabular grain, and film using the silver tabular grain contained composition
WO2012014654A1 (en) * 2010-07-24 2012-02-02 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Near-infrared reflective film, method for manufacturing near-infrared reflective film, and near-infrared reflector

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015098119A (en) * 2013-11-19 2015-05-28 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Window sticking film
JP2015174236A (en) * 2014-03-13 2015-10-05 日立マクセル株式会社 Transparent heat-shielding and heat-insulating member
WO2015190536A1 (en) * 2014-06-12 2015-12-17 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical reflection film, and optical reflection body
US20160282529A1 (en) * 2015-03-27 2016-09-29 Hitachi Maxell, Ltd. Transparent heat-shielding member
JP2017003662A (en) * 2015-06-05 2017-01-05 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Dielectric multilayer film
WO2017094453A1 (en) * 2015-11-30 2017-06-08 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Laminated glass
JP2018106054A (en) * 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Film for glass, and glass
KR102056469B1 (en) 2018-05-08 2019-12-16 한국과학기술원 Transparent structure capable of blocking ultraviolet rays and infrared rays

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104245303A (en) 2014-12-24
JPWO2013151136A1 (en) 2015-12-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6044638B2 (en) Infrared shield
WO2013151136A1 (en) Infrared-shielding film and infrared-shielding element
JP6201756B2 (en) Infrared shielding film
JP5994849B2 (en) Laminated glass
CN103180764B (en) Near-infrared reflective film, method for producing same, and near-infrared reflector provided with near-infrared reflective film
WO2014010562A1 (en) Infrared-shielding film
JPWO2014024873A1 (en) Light reflecting film and light reflector using the same
JPWO2013111735A1 (en) Optical film
CN106470837B (en) optical film
JP5939257B2 (en) Near-infrared shielding film and near-infrared shielding body
JPWO2014156822A1 (en) Laminated glass
WO2014069507A1 (en) Optical reflection film, infrared-shielding film, and process for producing same
JP2014201450A (en) Heat-ray shielding laminated glass and method for manufacturing heat-ray shielding laminated glass
WO2016088852A1 (en) Heat-shielding film, production method therefor, and heat shield using said film
WO2014171494A1 (en) Optical reflective film, method for manufacturing same, and optical reflector using same
JPWO2013077274A1 (en) Infrared shielding film
CN107430228B (en) Optical film and method for producing optical film
JP2015150851A (en) Method for producing functional film
JP5831242B2 (en) Infrared shielding film evaluation method and infrared shielding film manufacturing method
JP6326780B2 (en) Window pasting film
WO2015146564A1 (en) Light shielding film, light shielding body and method for producing light shielding film
WO2014073291A1 (en) Optical reflection film and optical reflector using same
WO2017086048A1 (en) Optical reflection film and optical reflector
JP2017219694A (en) Optical reflection film, method for producing optical reflection film, and optical reflection body
JP2016168770A (en) Window film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13772155

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014509208

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13772155

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1